Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPROJECT MANUAL NOTICE FROM ISG, INC. TO ALL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS FOR FIVE SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA TO BE PLACED ON THE PLAN HOLDERS LIST AND FOR ADDENDA NOTIFICATION YOU MUST REGISTER ON RAPIDSREPRO.COM/PLANROOM IF A CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR,OR SUPPLIER DOES NOT HAVE COMPUTER ACCESS, PLEASE CALL RAPIDS REPRODUCTIONS, 1-800-383-1223,TO MAKE ALTERNATIVE ARRANGEMENTS TO RECEIVE ADDENDA. New Users To ISG Plan Room -� 1. Go to rapidsrepro.com/planroom on the Internet. 2. Click on the "ISG"logo. 3. To the left, is the login panel and within the panel is "Register for an account." 4. Find or create your company. 5. Create your user account 6. Verify you have received a confirmation email, and click the link provided to log in. 7. Any questions contact: 1-800-383-1223 or local 319-277-5538. PRE-BID CONFERENCE MONDAY, APRIL 20, 2020 AT 1:30 P.M. (LOCAL TIME) Due to the current Coronavirus situation the Pre-Bid Conference will be held by teleconference. -� To join teleconference, please call in using the following information: 1. Call-In #s: (507) 779-7435 (I&S Group) (608) 789-2037 (I&S Group) NOTE: Either phone number will get you into the same conference. 2. Conference ID#: 81583 At this time, contractors will have an opportunity to ask questions of the architect and engineer. Contractors will be allowed to come to the site on their own to tour it. a w:' - - - _- - tjtj''' • , - , -..„41:.,,,,,,,,,.:.-,,:,,,,,:.. • ' : '_, : - : , ''' ' .--.!:-.i...!...*.-1.- r x. �t • _ - iv -3 k • d:: _ t" ° .gyp, =max z '°E i..':. • 6 ice. ID • - a-•° _C - _ _ • _ i • • - 1 - - - • y • ,, iti t-,,r, ! - - - 3t -[ . 11 ff ,en..Yu•ros'..-..as. ... .> _ .. _ .. .±_ _Y NOTICE PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTORS: IF YOU CHOOSE NOT TO BID THIS PROJECT, YOU MUST: NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT NO LESS THAN 5 DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID LETTING THAT YOU ARE NOT BIDDING RETURN THE PLANS IMMEDIATELY OR DEPOSIT CHECKS WILL BE FORFEITED AND MBI CARDS COLLECTED ON SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS: AFTER THE BID LETTING: SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS MAY OBTAIN ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FROM THE PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTOR(S) PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS: IF YOU ARE NOT AWARDED THE PROJECT: PLANS MUST BE RETURNED WITHIN 7 DAYS OF THE BID AWARD OR DEPOSIT CHECKS WILL BE CASHED _ 1 a Y _ ' i lit it:, 4k. t-lel t .. ' it ..- .fix s , i litiN' f° 1 At 11 fig¢ lip It. - it r �R �t i u... �� .A.„. w- 8 SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIVE SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS _ FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Licensed Architect un er the laws of the State of Iowa. "mod 9i � i'_ ''.a 4114144,4040- 04-14-2020 C°DY - ody . Vanasse, AIA Date _ '�f JA,ssI m — ARC07836 ! License No.: ARC07836 Date Issued: 11-18-19 r' ' � .�...r''• 'k My License Renewal Date is June 30, 2021 F IOW 'fhn ,i)to. Sections covered by this seal: Division 00, 01, 03 - 14. .mot TITLE SHEET ALL BRANCH SPECIFICATIONS FOR: FIVE SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER '► SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA FOR: CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA •-. 715 MULBERRY STREET WATERLOO,IA 50703 +• PRE-BID CONFERENCE: MONDAY,APRIL 20,2020 AT 1:30 P.M. (LOCAL TIME) PRE-BID LOCATION: DUE TO THE CURRENT CORONAVIRUS SITUATION THE PRE-BID " CONFERENCE WILL BE HELD BY TELECONFERENCE. 1 TO JOIN TELECONFERENCE, PLEASE CALL IN USING THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: 1. CALL-IN#S: (507)779-7435(I&S GROUP) (608)789-2037(I&S GROUP) NOTE: EITHER PHONE NUMBER WILL GET YOU INTO THE SAME CONFERENCE. 2. CONFERENCE ID#: 81583 PRE-BID NOTE: CONTRACTORS WILL BE ALLOWED TO COME TO THE SITE ON THEIR OWN TO TOUR IT BIDS TO BE RECEIVED: THURSDAY,APRIL 30,2020 BID TIME: BEFORE 1:00:00 P.M.LOCAL TIME (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CLOCK IN THE BID ROOM) BID LOCATION: SEE CITY OF WTERLOO MUNICIPAL BIDDING AND COVID-19 DOCUMENT WATERLOO CITY HALL HAROLD E. GETTY COUNCIL CHAMBERS-2'FLOOR 715 MULBERRY ST. WATERLOO,IA 50703 BID OPENINGS WILL BE LIVESTREAMED ON YOUTUBE AND MADE AVAILABLE ON THE CITY WEBSITE ARCHITECT: ISG, INC. 314E4THST WATERLOO, IA 50703-4704 PHONE: (319)234-1515 PRINCIPAL ARCHITECT: CODY VANASSE, AIA PRINCIPAL MANAGER: NATHAN COMPTON,AIA, CDT DATE: APRIL 14, 2020 17 i F INDEX FOR: FIVE SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER 17 SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS 1111 FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA HCOMMON SECTIONS i SEAL TITLE SHEET .a INDEX NOTICE TO BIDDERS ADVERTISEMENT TO BID INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 'mi SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CITY OF WATERLOO MUNICIPAL BIDDING AND COVID-19 FORM OF PROPOSAL-GENERAL CONTRACT 1 BIDDER STATUS FORM IOWA CONSTRUCTION SALES TAX EXEMPTION FORM—CITY OF WATERLOO GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 ow DIVISION I-GENERAL RE UIREMENTS Page No. 011000-Summary 012100-Allowances 1/4 1 al 012300—Alternates 1/3 012500—Substitution Procedures 012600-Contract Modification Procedures 1/2 1/42 I 012900-Payment Procedures 1/2 013100-Project Management and Coordination 1/5 , si 013200-Construction Progress Documentation 1/6 013300-Submittal Procedures-Paper/Electronic 1/3 ' 7 014000-Quality Requirements 1/8 014200-References 1/8 015000—Temporary Facilities and Controls 1/8 016000-Product Requirements 1/5 Product Substitution Form 1/6 017300-Execution 1/1 017310-Cutting and Patching 1/6 017700-Closeout Procedures 1/4 11 017823 -Operation and Maintenance Data 1/6 017839-Project Record Documents 1/4 l/3 I 7 i H GENERAL SECTIONS Page No. - DIVISION II-EXISTING CONDITIONS 1/6 024119-Selective Structure Demolition DIVISION V-METALS 1/6 051200-Structural Steel Framing DIVISION VI-WOOD AND PLASTICS 1/6 061000-Rough Carpentry 1/4 061600-Sheathing DIVISION VII-MOISTURE PROTECTION 070150-Preparation For Re-Roofing 1/5 5 072500-Weather Barriers 1/2 074213-Metal Wall Panels-Class PB Roofing1 1/7 075323-Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer(EPDM) 1/10 076200-Sheet Metal Flashing&Trim 1/g 079200-Joint Sealants DIVISION VIH-DOORS AND WINDOWS 1/14 087100-Door Hardware L L L i "1 1 "' NOTICE TO BIDDERS PROJECT: FIVE SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS CENTER FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA BID DATE/TIME: THURSDAY, APRIL 30,2020 before 1:00:00 P.M.LOCAL TIME (in accordance with the clock in bid room) LOCATION: SEE CITY OF WTERLOO MUNICIPAL BIDDING AND i WATERLOOCOVID-19 DOCUMENT CITY HALL-HAROLD E. GETTY COUNCIL CHAMBERS—2ND FLOOR , 7 715 MULBERRY ST. WATERLOO,IA 50703 1 BID OPENINGS WILL BE LIVESTREAMED ON ON THE CITY WEBSITE YOUTUBE AND MADE Sealed7 proposals for the above project will be received AVAILABLE . 7 e above by the Cit y WATERLOO,IOWA. Council of CITY OF publicly opened and read aloud at the time and location Copies of the plans and specifications and other vcontract documents will be on file and available for inspection at the above bidding location and sets for Contractors/Suppliers can be ordered,,. Reproductions, by logging on to Rapidsrepro.com/planroom or calling 1-800-383-12 which00 will be refunded to prime contractors who submit bids upon the return rough the office of Rapids he be of the bids. 2c,upon thew within seven(7)days rat A single proposal will be received for the work of the Generalrn of the documents within (7)days Subcontractor(Plumbing, Contractor including the work of the Mechanical Heating,Air Conditioning and Ventilating)and the work of the Electrical or. Subcontractors of all construction trades shall submit bids to the General thescope of worktbi Work of project includes complete removal of existingaggregatedContractor covering the of work bid. j insulation down to existing concrete roof deck and installation of new vapor b i down insulation and new 90 mil EPDM roof membrane. built-up roof membrane, cover board and work required in some areas.onExistingP sheet metal barrier,l r ofedlayers e and wood oidged granite parapet caps to be removed for new flashing,nstallattion and locking reinstalled. Existing brick parapet walls to be covered with new metal panels. New ladders 1 and other Work indicated in the Contract Documents, located at the Five Sullivan Br West 4th Street, Waterloo, Iowa, commencing May 18,2020 and substantial to be included as well, 't Award of the contract shall be to the lowest responsible bidder based on basis bid and selected alternates and in completion by June 26,2020. Brothers Convention Center,200 conformance to the Bidding Documents prepared by ISG, Inc. A PRE-BID CONFERENCE for this project will be held on Monday,April cor PRE-BID situation the Pre-Bid project conference t will be held byS come to the site on their own to tour it. P 20,2020 at 1:30 p.m. Due to the current kype teleconference. Contractors will be allowed to Each proposal must be accompanied by a bid bond, cash deposit, Cashier's Check or a Certified Check on a solvent Bank chartered under the laws of the United States in the amount o f not less tha °n 5/o,nor more than 10%of the proposal submitted therewith. Bid Security shall be made payable to the Treasurer of CITY OF Should the successful bidder fail or neglect toaWATERLOO,IOWA. basis of the bid, or fail to meet the requirements uof�this Notice and the ssatisfactoiy pecificationstobidder's securityhbid, may be retainedm asliquidated damages. No bidder surety bond,refuse regulating enter into award, the on the '� calendar(30)days after the date and hour c for m fining of bids. The work under the propo the a pert i immediately after day et e Owne hour set raope opening ofbidy withdraw Contract forh a period mo thirty upon date,all as set forth in contractual documents. the Contract shall be commenced Agreement and substantially completed by a mutually agreed 7 I visi of statutory coal pro the Contractor shall give preference to Iowa Domestic Labor, of productsopr and Code of provisionsBy ue grown,and coal produced within the State of Iowa,according provisions —- Iowa 2016. CITY OF WATERLOO,The right to reject any or all bids and to waive any irregularities therein is reserved by IOWA. DATED AT: WATERLOO,IOWA,this 13th day of Agri_ O. BY ORDER OF: CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA BY: KELLEY FELCHLE,CITY CLERK Lin 600. bram .. t { "At 7 ADVERTISEMENT TO BID alit PROJECT: FIVE SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS .T FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA ( BID DATE: THURSDAY,APRIL 30,2020 BEFORE 1:00:00 P.M.LOCAL TIME (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CLOCK IN THE BID ROOM) CONTRACTS: SINGLE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ,,.r (to include MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL as subcontractors) PROJECT COST ESTIMATE: LESS THAN$200,000 sat PLAN DEPOSIT: $100.00 al BID SECURITY: 5% ARCHITECT: ISG, INC. '� 314 EAST 4TH ST. WATERLOO,IA 50703 PH: 319-234-1515 PRE-BID CONFERENCE: MONDAY,APRIL 20,2020 AT 1: 30 P.M. (Local Time) DUE TO THE CURRENT CORONAVIRUS SITUATION THE PRE-BID CONFERENCE WILL BE HELD BY TELECONFERENCE. TO JOIN TELECONFERENCE,PLEASE CALL IN USING THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: '■t r 1. CALL-IN#S: (507)779-7435(I&S GROUP) (608)789-2037(I&S GROUP) -• NOTE: EITHER PHONE NUMBER WILL GET YOU INTO THE SAME CONFERENCE. 2. CONFERENCE ID#: 81583 NOTE CONTRACTORS WILL BE ALLOWED TO COME TO THE SITE ON THEIR OWN TO TOUR IT. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE: AUGUST 7,2020 1 r' TOTAL SQUARE FEET: RE-ROOF 2,580 SF. SQ. FT. DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT: Work consists of membrane, cover board and insulation down to existing rconcrete roof deck and installation tof new vaporobarr' .� (2) layers of 2.6"ridged polyisocyanurate insulation and new 90 mil EPDM roof membrane.plete removal of existing aggregated g 1 edge and wood blocking work required in some areas. Existing granite parapet caps to be removedp New sheet metal roof installation and reinstalled. Existing brick parapet walls to be covered with new metal panels. New included as well,and other Work indicated in the Contract Documents. p for new flashing, '""� ladders to be t DISTRIBUTION OF DOCUMENTS Lo on to RAPIDSREPRO.COM/PLANROOMcclick on the "ISG" to o or call 1 800 3 t I PLANS&SPECIFICATIONS • ADDENDA NOTIFICATION • PLAN HOLDERS LIST • PRIME BIDDERS LIST NOTE: To be placed on the PLAN HOLDERS US1'and/or eitheRrIME BIDDER'S LIST for this project, You MU T— download a set of plans/specs off of ISG plan room on Rapidsrepro.com/playroom OR order a paper set through Rapids Reproductions,Inc. documents may be obtained from Rapids Reproductions,Inc.,6201 Chancellor Dr.,Cedar Falls,IA Bidding 50613; 1-800-383-1223 under the following conditions: 1. Qualified plan houses receive all-branch sets free of charge,provided they log all usage of the documents and return to us within 14 days after bidding. A list of those having plans is found in the"Supplementary Instructions to Bidders",paragraph 3.1.6. of the specifications. ift. prior to 2. Prime bidders may receive plans on ntrpact award o0.00r if h l�icri t���arbhite t n�ehss than 5 days orn the lans the l tin seven t 7 he s rf co the day of the letting that they are not going to bid the project and return the plans immediately. and Builders cards will also be honored. (Note: General Contractors(limit 2 sets each),Mechanical Electrical contractors(limit 1 set each). Rapisrero.com anroom or at any of the 3. Subcontractors and suppliers may view plans and specifications receive on loanersetsp of plan/p and specifications after ... listed plan holders under 3.1.6 Plans On File. YouY receipt of the required deposits stated above if some are available(Limit 1 set each). (Note: If app_ hr c l Tans must be returned within 14 da s of bid award. Master Builders cards will also be honored. 4. No plans will be issued after one week prior to bidding date. L� t_ "1 ;I I 1 mot INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS "Instructions to Bidders"shall be AIA Document A701,2018, by the American i made to govern and accompany the drawings,specifications Institute of Architectsru iso hereby Bidders. However, the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders shall take precedence over and and the following Supplementary Instructions to +, of the AIA forms. Although MA Document A701,2018 is not bound in these v considered inclusive by reference and as modified by the Supplementary Instructions modify any statements copy oconsidered Instructions to Bidders is available for modified t e the Architects specifications,Bi the document is g Bidders hereafter, A .•R office or through AIA Iowa. I H II 1 ...., 1 1 I 7 7 I 7 '1 `"1 i A Document 1 TM - 018 Instructions to Bidders for the following Project: (Name, location, and detailed description) ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion.The author may also THE OWNER: have revised the text of the original (Name, legal status, address, and other information) AIA standard form.An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be '— reviewed.A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates THE ARCHITECT: where the author has added (Name, legal status, address, and other information) necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. This document has important legal consequences.Consultation with an attomey is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. TABLE OF ARTICLES FEDERAL,STATE,AND LOCAL LAWS MAY IMPOSE 9 DEFINITIONS REQUIREMENTS ON PUBLIC PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS. 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS CONSULT LOCAL AUTHORITIES OR AN ATTORNEY TO VERIFY REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS THIS PROCUREMENT BEFORE COMPLETING THIS FORM. 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES It is intended that AIA Document 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS G612T"'-2017,Owners Instructions to the Architect,Parts A and B will 6 POST-BID INFORMATION be completed prior to using this document. 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 8 ENUMERATION OF THE PROPOSED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AIA Document A701 TM 2018.Copyright©1970 1974,1978,1987, 1997 and 2018 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.' A , r„ .nto..And y. spyq't.Law E€eirt sotiona "ff,eoli .Onzwthorizedrsp t a it -a , oethis MA* -`, me_t, document was produced by AIA software at 11:59:14 ET on 04/24/2019 under Order No.1875935897 which expires on107/13/2019,gands not for resale. User Notes: This (389ADA65) ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS §1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the Proposed Contract Documents.The Bidding Requirements consist of the advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,supplementary instructions to bidders,the bid form,and any other bidding forms.The Proposed Contract Documents consist of the unexecuted form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor and that Agreement's Exhibits,Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings,Specifications,all Addenda,and all other documents enumerated in Article 8 of these Instructions. §1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,or in other Proposed Contract Documents apply to the Bidding Documents. §1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect,which,by additions,deletions, clarifications,or corrections,modify or interpret the Bidding Documents. §1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein,submitted — in accordance with the Bidding Documents. §1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the — Bidding Documents,to which Work may be added or deleted by sums stated in Alternate Bids. §1.6 An Alternate Bid(or Alternate)is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from,or that does not change,the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work,as described in the Bidding Documents,is accepted. §1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials,equipment,or services,or a portion of the Work,as described in the Bidding Documents. §1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding Documents. §1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials,equipment,or labor for a portion of the Work. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS — §2.1 By submitting a Bid,the Bidder represents that: .1 the Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents; .2 the Bidder understands how the Bidding Documents relate to other portions of the Project,if any,being bid concurrently or presently under construction; .3 the Bid complies with the Bidding Documents; .4 the Bidder has visited the site,become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed,and has correlated the Bidder's observations with the requirements of the Proposed Contract Documents; .5 the Bid is based upon the materials,equipment,and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception;and -- .6 the Bidder has read and understands the provisions for liquidated damages,if any,set forth in the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS §3.1 Distribution §3.1.1 Bidders shall obtain complete Bidding Documents,as indicated below,from the issuing office designated in the advertisement or invitation to bid,for the deposit sum,if any,stated therein. (Indicate how,such as by email, website, host site/platform,paper copy, or other method Bidders shall obtain Bidding Documents.) AIA Document A701 TM-2018.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987,1997 and 2018 by The American Institute of Architects AU rights reserved 4A , t , r ftmtlr.-4g, ireM4ys, hnutborized reptt:dvtivn distrmuCon r his MY) ..£2r..,; ,sat, 2 mr any re.,u', a p €..,! .,e.air ,s,Ares ems,r f;.os c ted x..„r, :u,,__r the 4rw This document was produced by AIA software at 11:59:14 ET on 04124/2019 under Order No.1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. 5) User Notes: §3.1.2 Any required deposit shall be refunded to Bidders who submit §Documentsy i e good condition shall be ten days a bona fide Bid and re documents will be deducted from the de after receipt of Bids. The cost to replace Documents, turn the paper Bidding and the Bidder's deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract award may missing or damaged a deposit will be refunded. paper y retain The paper Bidding --- §3.1.3 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders or Invitation to bid, or in supplement unless specifically supplementary instructions to bidders. offered in the advertisementcomplete §3.1.4 Bidders for all use o Bidding Documents in r misinterpretations resultingfromeheag oBids.Neither the O the use of incompleteweer nor Architect assumes §3.1.5 The Bidding Documents will be available for the sole purpose Bidding _,,, rant of use is conferred by Documents. distribution of the Bidding of obtaining Bids on the Work.No license or §3.2 Modification or interpretation of Bidding DocumentsDocuments. §3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully stud shall notify y the Bidding fi the rsuait toct Seof crrors, inconsistencies Documents, shall examine the site and local conditions, and interpretation ambiguities discovered and re pursuant to Section 3.2.2. request clarification or §3.2.2 Requests for clarification or interpretationbereceived by of the Bidding writ(Inding such re by the Architect at least seven days prior to the shall for receipt by requestsclarification email websrpre at host site/platform, y pnOr to date receipt of Bids.e Bidder in 9 for how, suc as nd interpretation.) Paper copy, or other method Bidders shall submit §3.2.3 Modifications and interpretations-- § 2etations ofth aBidding of the Bidding Documents madeDocuments shall be made inte upon them, in anyby Addendum. other manner shall not be Modifications and binding,and Bidders shall not rely §3.3 Substitutions §3.3.1 The materials,products,and equipment described in the Biddin appearance,and quality to be met by any proposed s ti utionestabhsh a standard of required _ §3.3.2 Substitution Process §3.3.2.1 Written requests for substitutions shall be received by§receipt Bids.Requests shall be submitted es ins the same ma interpretations in Section 3.2.2, racer as that established fors submitting y prior l the date for Scum Bidden shall submit substitution requests on a Substitution g clarifications and Documents. _ Request Form if one is provided in the Bidding §3.3.2.3 If a Substitution Request Form is not provided,re equipment specified in the Bidding Documents; 2 equipmion of therequests shall includequst (1)the name of the completele or performance and test data,and elsubstievtantincluding { )the reason for there the name of the material or equipment substitution request include a statementr Sevinc ' (3)a o drawings;and(4)any other information proposed as the substitute, request est shall changes in the work of setting s rargeshe impact other materials, equipment,vin necessary i for an evaluation. The will result from incorporation of the on anyProject Certifications or other portions of the Work, proposed substitution. Certifications(such as LEER 3.3.3 The burden of praof of the ),that §of approval or disapprovalmerit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. of a proposed substitution shall be final. P poser. The Architect's decision §3.3.4 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to an Addendum.Approvals made in any other manner shall not be e ndm of Bids, such a PPg,and Bidders shalltl r na shall be set forth in not rely upon them. AA Document A701 TM t ;;s � f 2018 Copyright©i 970 1974 �s .C 1978 1987 1997 and 20188 b or any pothan of,q, z r° , a s.The American Institute cArchitects q document was F +•a.a �, c s produced by AIA software at 1f1 59.14 11 rights User Notes: vh and h'a ' �� 9 is reserved ET on 04/24/2019 under Order No 1875935897 � .,a s•s extent oh hqslributioh ${� 1),W g This which expires passible £%)i=e, P on 07/13/2019,and is not for resales (389ADA65) the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Contract §3.3.5 No substitutions will be considered after — Documents. the issuin office to have received complete Bidding §3.4 Addendad g §3.4.1 Addenda will be transmitted to Bidders]crown by copy, or other method Addenda will be Documents. host site/platform,paper — (Indicate how,such as by email, website, transmitted.) — §3.4.2 Addenda will be available where Bidding Documents are on file.§3.4.3 Addenda will be issued no later than four daysprior — to the date for receipt of Bids,except an Addendum withdrawing the reque st for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. each Bidder shall ascertain that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued,and thehe _ §3.4.4 prior to submitting a B�receipt in the Bid. Bidder shall acknowledge ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES Documents. §4.1 Preparation of Bids §4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included with or identified in the Bidding xecu in a non erasable 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed.Paper bid forms shallf medium. In case o shall be expressed in both words and numbers,unless noted otherwise on the bid form. §4.1.3 Sums discrepancy,the amount entered in words shall gmust be initialed by the signer of the Bid. vern. bid or as §4.1.4 Edits to entries made on paper enter"No Change" �. 5 All requested Alternates shall be bid.If no change in the Base Bid is required, §4.1 without required by the bid form. or more Bids for designated portions of h accept Work have d ef been than the requested, the Bidder may, forfeitureds 4.1.6 i ofe two nor ugBfy the Bid in stipuate by the bid security,Th,state the shallneither Bidder's m al to the Bidder.The Bidder make additional stipulations on the bid form stipulated of the documentation any other manner. submittedt e Each with the of the Bid Bidderl state legal name and legal status of the Bidder.o Aspart the Workin the .1.7 of the Bid shall be signed by the person or persons legally the shall provide evidence of its legal authority perform and jurisdiction Bid, persons legally a corporation shall further name the state of incorporation oizd o bind the BiddProjeer iser o a located.contract.A id by shall have a current power of attorney have theecorporate or oor et seal affdixed.A Bid submitted by an agente have c rp certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. 4.1.8 A Bidder shall incur all costs associated with the preparation of its Bid. §4.2 Bid Security accompanied by the following bid security: -- §4.2.1 Each Bid shall be (Insert the form and amount of bid security.) Owner on the terms stated in f all e id and shall, if ing required,4.2.2 The Bidder pledges co e enter intof a faithful Contract mawitr C®Own or fail ct and pa such bonds ifb obligations the aarising the faithful performance of the Contract and payment u furnish bonds Biddereing � � ;; r Alin rights reserved thereunder.Should the refuse to enter into such1997 and 2018 by The American Institute of Architects.CA � � 9 € mt.b a s<� r4r s s t r Q l it3 a r s.t.ve This TM-20 to ted by ht©1970 1974 1978 1987 - �,,; or Document A701 e w0 F :tat ' Rv d<ig�be prosecuted tv'° expires on 07t1312019,and is notfort3,,This 5) so ,as r - �protected stla .- =us r"�e°t,§s:'�,%1 C a %F� F,Softwar§4. 1 9:SQL sE 3 on ' document was produced by AIA software at 11:59:1d ET 04/2412019 under Order No.1875935897 which User Notes: of the bid security shall be forfeited to the O fails to comply with Section 6.2, Owner as liquidated the amount of the bid security damages,o not as a penalty.In the event the Owner §4.2.3 If a surety bond is required as bid security, security shall not be forfeited to the Owid Bond, unless ner.weer. in the h, it shall be written on AIA Document A310rM shall wise provided thebond a certifiedBddiand ccuments. The attome y to-bew who executes acor the bond on behalf ofthe sprovide surety bonds from a company Vent copy of an Project is located, P Y or companies lawfullyacceptable power of attorney, The Bidder shall — authorized to issue surety bonds in the jurisdiction where the §4.2.4 The Owner will § the nraw will have been executed eht to retain and b the sbidre required,until (a)so thatC Bidsye security of hBave beenrs to whom an awarde is being considered elapsed or Bids has not been withdrawn; of theBids acceptance o been furnished;i f node specified time has �., or(c)all Bids have been rejected.However, if Contract has been opening of Bids, withdraw its Bid and request the return of its bid security. its Bid,a Bidder may,beginning days after the §4.3 Submission of Bids --- §4.3.1 A Bidder shall submit its Bid as indicated below: (Indicate how,such as by website, host site/platform,paper copy, or other method Bidders shall submit their Bid.) §4.3.2 Paper copies of the Bid,the bid security,and any other documents required to be submitted with the be identified enclosed witha the sealed name, . The name and address, an envelope shall be addressed to the Bid shall all Work for which Project j n me,the If Bidder's the is sent byp� the designated the Bids io and of th Work whiche the Bid the snubmitstation "SEALEDBidsealed l envelope shall the desi BID mail, onthefacegnawed portion of the ma ENCLOSED" be enclosed in a §4.3.3 Bids shall be by thereof separate date orand time and at the placellotindicated in the invitation to bid. Bids §4.3 the date and b submitted for i the t, at incorrect place,will not §4.3.4 The Bidder shall assume be accepted. submitted full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated by any method other than as provided in this Section 4.3 for receipt of Bids. §4.4 Modification or Withdrawal of Bid will not be accepted. §4.4.1 Prior to the date and time designated for receipt of Bids,a Bidder previously submitted,or shallv be previously received and withdraw itBid entirely, by notice to the may submit a new Bid to replace a Bid notice receiving p� shall dulyui by the receivingonper`designated datend time receive the receipti Such considered. verify that replaced or withdrawnparty Bids are or beforem the date and othersetb for an$ids. The Notice of submission of a replacement Bid or withdraws]of a Bid shall d the removed from the o deb sod Bids toaoo not amount of the original Bid — be worded as not reveal the §4.4.2 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time § as that st established i Section 4.3, security shall be in an amount sufficient orovided they the Bid as resubmitted designated for the receipt of Bids in the same fully conform with these Instructions to Bidders.Bid r §4.4.3 After the date and time designated for receipt of Bids, a Bidder who its Bid shall notify the Architect of such error within two days,or ors jurisdiction where the Project is located,requesting discovers that it made a clerical error in the reasonable r of the pursuant Upon a ding evidence Architect,the Bid shall be withdrawna Bid. providing by the law n the pursuant to this Section 4.4.3, the bid security and not resubmitted.If a Bid is withdrawn (State the to evidence of such error to terms and conditions,such as Bid rank will be attended to as follows: or returningcan or retaining the bid security,) AlA Document A701 TM �r 2018 Copyright 1974 1 - o 6� 978 1987 1997 and 2018 by T document was F The Amencan Institute of produced by �° Architects Ail rights reserved. User Notes: AIA software at 11 59 14 ET 0.moo, s � 'm € on 04/24/2019 under Order No 1875935897 os f�r which expires on 07/13/2019 � f, ,thn the����° This 5 and is not for resale; (389ADA65) — ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS law,Bids properly identified and § stipulated Opening of BidsIof properly Bids may be its will be publicly opened and read aloud.A summary .1ip penin in an advertisement e;;m Cation to bid,or when otherwise requiredby received within the specified time made available to Bidders. §5.n2 ss Rejection s Brohibited by law, the Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids. Unless otherwise p §5.3 Acceptance intent Bid(Award) responsive and responsible Bidder,provided of t Documents.Unless §the5.Bid It is the of submittedthe Owner to awae rd ath the Contractqtot me lowest Boc menities in a Bid otherwiseh and to ads beenlaw,the winr sh have the rightto waive informalities and 1irreg prohibited by the Owner shall — accept the Bid which,in the Owner's judgment,is in the Owner's best interests. §5.3.2 Unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or Documents,and to determine the lowest combination,unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding responsible Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted. — responsive and P ARTICLE 6 POST•BID INFORMATION upon request and within §6.1 Contractor's Qualification Statement TM Contractor's Qualification a properly executed AIA Document Afor this Bid. Bidders to whom award of a Contract is underconsiderationc shall submit to th Architect,, the temeframe unless such by theanthas Architect, P reviously required and submitted Statement, such a Statement has been p Capability hest in writing,fourteen days prior to the § Bidder6.2 Owner's whomo ial Gap h+ — wal of Bids,that the Owner furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence ethat h t fi ah is A to award of a Contract is under consideration may req time for withdrawal of The arrangtionements of thea time forn made to required to later than seven days prior to the expiration of the an ements have been to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contra Bidder will not be an g such reasonable such reasonable to the Bidder no furnished within the allotted time,the executec.Unless s eem nt between the Ownedence is r d Contractor. — the Agreement §6.3 Submittals der l,as soon Aftern the Bcdt notification of selection for the award of the Coe Owner through the lArcllitect as practicable or as stipulated g th in the Bidding n Documents,theWork s,sk to e in wperformed e withstems the Bidder's ed for the f Work and the manufacturers and .1 a designation of the Wo rodu be and syried with the ownBidder"s forces; fabricated to a .2 names of the principal P — suppliers of each;and 3 names of persons r entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment special design)proposed for the principal portions of the Work. — thcWork described in the li Bidding be required to establish to the satisfaction of the and Owner the reliability and §6.3.2p s Thei Bidder willpersons or entities proposed to furnish and p responsibility of the Documents, execution of the Contract,the Architect will notify th Bidder id r if either the the Bidder. f ner or owc DyArchitect, § er Prior to the investigation, the Bidder by,hat t If t option,r orhdraw after duee s reasonable has objection to a proposed tpe on or entity entity proposed e®caned may Architect o hassubmit acceptableobjection person or entity.The Bidder may also submit any required adjustment in — the Bid or id or an s In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification,bid id or Alternate Bid to account for the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution.the Base B j P disqualify the Bid accept thews tit be bid rfeited or disq fY — security Architect have proposed bythe Bidder and to whom the Owner all and be changed exceptmade evno ea reasonablet objectione personsmust and entitiesd e be used on the Work for which they were PLOPosed and �. _� ._ ----�--- rights reserved ��AR����G; 6 n a r -t_ d 2, t. consent of the Owner and Architect. 1987,1997 and 2018 by The Amencan Instituteof Architects.A�� .---- Copynght©1970,1974,'.1978, < ti € a, U n reserved. ; _This er 201E Copy 9 `� I c it and is not for resale. AIA Document A701"� a,d�� expires 07l1312019, (38gADA65) k' cu n` '"' e^AIA software at 141.59.14 ET on 04/24/2019 under Order No.1875935897/which expt document was produced by User Notes: ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND §7.1 Bond Requirements §7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents,the Bidder shall the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of §7.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before e execution on of the shalle cost beContract, the in cost of Bid. bonds shall be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. the such §7.1.3 The Bidder shall provide sure ty bonds loca companyed.from a or companies lawfully authorized to issue surety bonds in the jurisdiction where the P o e of the Unless otherwise indicated below,the Penal Sum of the Payment§ the ContractSum. (If Payment or Performance Bonds are to be in an amount other than 1©®% Performance Bonds shall be the amount amount or percentage of the Contract Sum.) 0 0f•the Contract Sum, indicate the dollar — §7.2 Time of Delivery and Fort of Bonds §7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later execution of the Contract, If the Work is to co than three days following the date of to mrrtence sooner in response to a'letter of intent, the Bidder shall, commencement of the Work,submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds delivered in accordance with this Section 7.2.1. will be prior — §7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided,the bonds shall be famished and Payment Bond. written on AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and §7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract. §7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact to the bond a certified and current copyt m-ow who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix _ ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF THE PROPOSED CONTRACT of attorney. §8.1 Copiesngdocuments:the proposed Contract Documents have been made CONTRACT DOCUMENTS following ofr 1 available to the Bidder and consist of the — AIA Document A 101 T� otherwise stated below.2017, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, unless (Insert the complete ALA Document number, including year and Document title.) .2 AIA Document A 101 T4--2017 Exhibit A,Insurance and Bonds, unless otherwise stated below. (Insert the complete AIA Document number, including and Document title) 3 AIA Document T �012017, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,unless otherwise stated below. Document number, including year and Document title) .4 AIA Document E203Tm--2013,Building information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit,dated as indicated below: (Insert the date of the E203_2013) AIA Document menu A70i TM Thry� 2018 Copyright©1970 1974, 1978 1987 1997 and 2018 b 'portion may rr s protected y U. p� g� Law a Y The American Institute r Architects All rights document was produced by ''ti " Qo e`Treaties, User Notes: Y AIA software at 11: Unauthorizedp rreserved 59.14 ET on 04/24/2019 under Order No. 187prooffo5935897 ded re w which expires on 07/13120t9,and is not for resale. der the �`- This (3B9ADA65) 5 Drawings Date Title — Number .6 Specifications Date Pages Title Section .7 Addenda: Pages Date Number — iinclude appropriate information identifying the exhibit where a Other Exhibits: (Check all boxes that apply and -- required.) [ ] NIA Document E204 TM---2017,Sustainable Projects Exhibit,dated as indicated be ow: (Insert the date of the E204-2017.) [ ] The Sustainability Plan: T Pages Date Title I Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract: Pages — Date Title — Document ,g Other documents listed below: art of the Proposed Contract (List here any additional documents that are intended to form p Documents.) rights reserved �t 8 .�. iR�ii Document,L���oDA.e 1997 and 2018 by f"A° " reserved, The American Institute of Architects Alln9 f� a a� ° under th Afe This 2018.Copyright 1974,1978 1987 # �topoxtia�,a_�, :�, ........- *Dee4 end irdereseee d Treaties Unarm Zed e' eores on 07113I2can andn is not for resale AIA Document A701TM ���1 (gggADA65) a Baia s � s a of s1 E d Order be P,a — daoR�1 pastas,r a,c y I o seam:, 11i area£ document was produced by AIA software at 11.59:14 ET on 04124l2019 under Order No.1875935897 whit expires User Notes: SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS S TO EIDDERS The following Supplementary Instructions to Bidders shall be intended wl Instructions folwi to Supplementary and they shall take oprecedence over { The article and Bidders of he AIA Document whichthe to modify and expand thet referenced any statements too em AIA Document noted.201 g forms. ere any part of the AIA,A701,Instructions to Bidders is modified the unaltered any supplementary statement provisions of tot part ll of that shall ream in in effect. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS I 3.1.5. LIST OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS DRAWINGS All drawings are all branch sets. GENES 6G1-10 TITLE SHEET, SHEET INDEX,PROJECT GENERAL RAL NOTES 6A 1-21 SKYWALK PLANS mgkik 6A2-11 SKYWALK ELEVATIONS, DETIALS, &DOOR SPECIFICATIONS SCHEDULE Common Sections(including Division I),plus Divisio ns II, V, VI and VII. All bidders will receive the following specification headings in addition to SEAL the specific heading listed below. TITLE SHEET INDEX NOTICE TO BIDDERS ADVERTISEMENT TO BID INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CITY OF WATERLOO MUNICIPAL BIDDING AND CO FORM OF PROPOSAL-GENERAL CONTRACT VID-19 BIDDER STATUS FORM IOWA CONSTRUCTION SALES TAX EXEMPTION FORM—CITY OF WATERLOO GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 PROJECT#19-23770 S.I.B. Page 1 1 3.1.6. PLANS ON FILE Owner City of Waterloo,Iowa • 715 Mulberry Street Waterloo,IA 50703 Ph: 319-291-4323 L Architect �. ISG,Inc. 314 East 4th Street Waterloo,IA 50703-4704 Ph: 319-234-1515 ` Waterloo Bld .De t. City Hall 't' 715 Mulberry Waterloo,IA 50703 Ph: 319-291-4319 \ r. PI_____ ___ _ROOMS i t.. i Construction Update Plan Room 4 221 Park Street PO Box 695 (50303) Des Moines,IA 50309 4 Ph: 515-288-8904;800-362-2578 Fax: 515-288-2617 McGraw Hill Construction Update(Dodge) 2507 Ingersoll Avenue Des Moines IA 50312 Ph: 515-223-1046 Fax: 515-223-8564 — McGraw Hill Construction Update(Dodge) 3872 Elmore Ave. — Davenport,IA 52807 Ph: 563-355-1250 Fax: 563-355-1283 Page 2 S.I.B. PROJECT#19-23770 3.2.4. INTERPRETATION OF THE CONTRACT RACT DOCUMENTS In the event that any questions shall arise after the letting of the 1 and specifications,a , the matter onshall be contract respecting to the contract. No advantage shall be taken of any manifest errors or omissions referred to the Architect, whose decision shall be conclusive parties i pec mg the truen meaningveupon of allhe partes drawings 3.3.3. APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTIONS which affect the submitted bid. i I Approval to bid any material other than the specified products and any listed pre-approved`� requested by the supplier in accordance with Division I-016000. If approved, substitutions must pe letter. The requesting letter must be received by the Architect no less than copy. the approval letter shall accompanybe the the such material to thethe Architectpwill tothe submiti an approval copy of l not e permitted n theproject.t 5 business days prior the bid date. A the bidding when so specified. This also applies to Subcontractors which Contractor.must be approved not so r be approved prior to 3.4.1. ADD--FDA Add the following: All contractors are required to register on Rapidsrepro.com/planroom for this project. will be distributed through that source. If any contractor does not have the ability Rapidsrepro.com/planroom, they are required to contact Rapids Reproductions' to p Ject. Addenda other arrangements to receive addenda.r. Bi to contact t nowled office register 1-r on 83 Internet for Proposal form. office at 1-enda on-th i Formto make i acknowledge receipt of any/all addenda on their of 1i "! ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES i 4.1.1. FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 0.1 The bidder may remove the proposal bound in these specifications. A new Form of Proposal will be forwarded with l addendum for the prime bidder's use if changes have been made to 4.2. BID SECURITY the Form. 4.2.1. Modify subparagraph 4.2.1. as follows: Bid Security will be required as stipulated in the Advertisement to Bid,1 in uci to Bidders required asstipulated 4.2.2. bid bond is used shall Bid security shall be submitted in ofseparate envelope than the as spi form under the letterhead of the Contractor. The envelope shall have „� identification: Bid Security for the FIVE SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTIONproposal IMPROVEMENTS FOR THE CITY OFtyped on its face the following o WATERLOO,IOWA. CENTER SKYWALK 4.3. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 4.3.1. IDENTIFICATION OF PROPOSAL Proposal shall be submitted in a single envelope under the letterhead 41 typed onProposal ith face followingin sidentification:gleProposal fer the of the Contractor. CENTER SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO, The envelope shall have FIVE SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION WA. If mailed, the outside envelope must be addressed to KELLEY FELCHLE, CITY CLERK. 4.3.2. SUBMISSION OF BIDS . Bids shall be mailed or delivered to the Waterloo City Clerk's Office reach their destination prior to the time set for bidding in the Advertisement to Bid. All bids willf Proposal rbe tpime a as to and date 0.4 PROJECT#19-23770 S.I.B. Page 3 i i r.. e ,-,.. i 4.4.1. WITHDRAWAL OF BID draw his bid for a period of thirty(30)days after the date and hour set for the opening of bids. No bidder may with ... 4.4.5. SPECIAL NOTICE t award to the next low bidder and disposition of bid pleas ofs are hereby g iven notice to check carefully the accudrcy and arithmetic of their bids before submission- pleas errors in bids will result in rejection of that bid an security is at the discretion of the Owner. ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 5.1.2. STANDARD OF BIDDING PROCEDURES to the latest edition of"Manual of Recommended Procedureon for award proceduresrouderiwill andb Award conducted according by C.C.I. (Construction Council Competitive Bidding Award of Building Contracts" asprepared of Iowa). 5.3.1. ACCEPTANCE OF BIDS . upon at the time the time s Bids will be acted of bidding or at such subsequent time as the Owner may decide within �.� limit stated in S.I.B.4.4.1. above. ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION L. Submission of the proposal for this work shall constitute assurance 6.1.2. UALIFICA .. TION OF BIDDERS guarantees, ara ,insurance,and related items as that thehe Contractor is qualified and will be able I � to furnish all of the requirements of this contract,including bonds, ees required and herein set out. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND i 7.3. BOND the Bond shall be executed within 14 days to 7.1.1. Furnishing Bond under this of contract will bnt requiredct. h according months from the day on which final of the Notice of Award of Contract. The Bond shall continue for twelve(12) payment under the contract falls due and shall be written on AIA Document Agreement.12. ontractor shall deliver a bond in the full amount(100%)of the contract sum concurrently with the signed � ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF THE PROPOSED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A 8.1.1. FORM OF CONTRACT notified of the acceptance of this proposal,he agrees to execute a contract for the work for the If the Contractor be Agreement Between Contractor and Owner for stated compensationsample copyon file at the Architect's office. The prime — in the form of the AIA Standard Form of Construction,actoshallAIA Document the Al O1,g within 4 days of the Notice of Award of Contract. Contractor shall execute the signed agreement Page 4 S.I.B. PROJECT#19-23770 i 1 CLARIFICATIONS&MODIFICATIONS TO STANDARD A101 i1 Under 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS:Modify as follows: Section 5.1.3 reflects the following: The Architect must receive the Contractor's application for payment not later than the last day of a month and the Owner must pay the Contractor not later than the 15th '"1 month. Also, under Section 5.1.3, if the Contractor fails to submit a payment application to the Architect by the la day of a month, the Owner shall not be required to make payment to the Contractor until the Owner's next rday of the ft reg gular lst ar payment cycle which would be the 15th day of the month two months after receipt of the Pay Application. 1 In light of the new competitive bidding law, add the following to Section 5.1.8: Request for Early Release of Retainage Funds: `I Upon achieving Substantial Completion, as defined by Iowa Code Chapter 26, the Contractor may formally ( the release of all or part of the retainage funds being held on the Project. The Contractors'request for Release of the Retainage Funds shall be accompanied by a sworn statement that ten (10) calendar days prior to filing request ,,,,� for Release of the Funds a notice was given to all known subcontractors, subsubcontractors and suppliers the Request i Contractor is requesting the early release of retainage funds. If proper documentation is received from the Contractor,the Owner will release all retainage funds at the next monthly council meetingor thit that the whichever is less, except it may retain the following: within thirty(30)days, a) An amount equal to 200%of the value of labor or materials yet to be provided on the Project as determined by the Owner and its authorized contract representative. For purposes of section, "authorized contract '1representative"means the Architect of record on the Project,unless otherwise specified. b) An amount equal to 200% of the value of any Chapter 573 claims currently on file at the time the Request of Release of Retainage is approved. 7If the Owner withholds an amount from the retainage payment to the Contractor, the Owner will provide a reason the request is being denied to the Contractor within thirty(30)calendar days of the receipt of the request. Article 5.2 outlines the provisions regarding final payment and references Subparagraph 12.2.2 of 7 A201-2017. Under the Contract, the Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later thIA a Document 31 days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate of Payment. nth' -one Under Section 5.2.2 add that the owner may withhold 200%of the value of the work not satisfactorily completed at the time of final acceptance as well as the withholding of 200% of the value of any Iowa Code Chapter 573 claims I on file 30 days after final acceptance prior to the making of any final payment. .•1 Under Article 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION,modify as follows: 1 The Contract may be terminated by either the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions, and the Owner may suspend work in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditi 7 Under Article 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS,modify as follows: ons. Under Section 8.25 the late payment provision should be amended to read as follows: Payments due and unpaid under the contract document equal to the rate specified by rule pursuant to Iowa code Section 74A Zterest from the date payment is due at a rate 1 7 # `� PROJECT#19-23 770 S.I.B. Page 5 , 1 1 4i � CITYOF WATERLOO +° ��er; Municipal Biddingand COVID- 19 The Waterloo City Clerk's Office is committed to balancing the important role _ in the local economy with ensuring the safety of city staff as COVID-19 cases We encourage prospective bidders to follow the guidelines below municip through al bidding plays access to City Hall is limited and the City Clerk's Office is closed for submitting ng bids dwhile public Iowa. to the public. 1. We strongly recommend all bidders submit bids by mail, Fed-Ex, or UPS deadline. Bids should be mailed to the following address: prior to the bid City Clerk's Office 715 Mulberry Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Please note on the envelope which project you are bidding on. 2. Contractors wishing to deliver a bid in person while public access to City call the City Clerk's Office at 319-291-4323 prior to dropping off a bid in person. I -- another city department receives a bid, employees will work to ensure it arrives at the correct Hall is limited should location prior to the bid opening. Bids delivered to a departmentn the event will be accepted if received prior to the deadline listed in the otcether than City Clerk's Office 3. All bids received will be initialed and the time received recorded, in accord ance with Iowa public bidding laws. 4. Bid openings will be held in the Harold E. Getty Council Chambers on the second — Hall until public access to City Hall changes. The bid openings will be livestream floor of City YouTube and made available on the city website. ed on — 5. Contractors or the public may request copies of opened bids by callingthe City at 319-291-4323 or emailing clerk anwaterloo is ors. Received bids are made avails Clerk's Office Document Center page of the city website after the bid opening at the followinglink: ble on the htt ://www.cit ofwaterlooiowa.com/ overnment/cit documentsearch/index. h 6. Please direct questions about this process to the City Clerk's Office at 319-291- 4323. H `� FORM OF PROPOSAL I GENERAL CONTRACT 1. SUBMITTED TO: CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA 2. SUBMITTED BY: 3. PROJECT: FIVE SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER 7 SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA , 7 4. DOCUMENTS: A. Advertisement to Bid. B. Instructions and Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. C. General and Supplementary General Conditions. "ID. Proposal Bid Form properly executed with Bid Security and/or other Supplementary Forms. E. Plans and Specifications. F. Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated (Contractor to insert number of each Addendum received) 5. AGREEMENTS: In submitting this proposal,the Contractor agrees to the following stipulations A. Contract date will be on or after the bidding date, and Contractor will be required to hold valid all terms of the proposal. B. The requirements of the Instructions to Bidders will be adhered to. C. If the undersigned be notified of the acceptance of this proposal,he/she agrees to execute a contract for the above work, for the below stated compensation in the form prescribed in Article 8.1 of the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. 1 D. The work will be accomplished in accord with the contract documents. E. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the contract,to have the work substantially completed on or before ..,I the 26th day of June 2020. F. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the contract and required by Article 7 to execute and deliver to the owl Owner prior to the signing of the agreement, a satisfactory bond in the form set out in Paragraph 7.3 of the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. G. To include in the bid all other taxes lawfully assessed against the Contractor or company in connection with the work included herein. SEE: SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 3.6.1. TAXES 1 6. PROPOSAL Having carefully examined the contract documents as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work,the 7 undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all labor and materials to complete the general contract requirements of the project in accordance with said documents for the sum of: DOLLARS ($ ) BASIS BID** (**Basis Bid to include Contingency Allowance, see Section 012100 Allowances) Contractor initial here acknowledging allowances are included in Basis Bid i 1 i 1 Form of Proposal-General Contract(Continued) I 1 ALTERNATE BIDS { I propose to furnish all labor and materials to construct the following Division I-012300-Alternates,this specification, for the cost changesternates herein listedas rther described in detail under ALTERNATE#1 —NEW WOOD BLOCKING&PARAPET CAP To substitute new wood blocking and prefinished metal parapet cap in lieu of removing existing granite cap, reflashing and reinstalling, add to/deduct from the basis bid the sum of: DOLLARS ($ ALTERNATE#1 '1 ADDDEDUCT i Respectfully Submitted, PERSON,FIRM OR CORPORATION BIDDER FIRM: BY: Signature/Title BY: Print/Type above name/Title DATE: ADDRESS 1: I , ADDRESS 2: CITY, STATE,ZIP: PHONE: FAX: EMAIL: Sider Status Form _ To be completed by all bidders Please answer"Yes" or"No" for each of the following: Part A ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. (To help you determine if your company is authorized, please review the worksheet on the next page). ❑ Yes ❑ No My company has an office to transact business in Iowa. ❑❑ Yes ❑ No My company's office in Iowa is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mail. Yes ❑ No My company has been conducting business in Iowa for at least 3 years prior to the first request for bids on this project. —n Yes n No My company is not a subsidiary of another business entity or my company is a subsidiary of another business entity that would qualify as a resident bidder in Iowa. If you answered "Yes"for each question above, your company qualifies as a resident bidder. Please complete Parts B and D of this form. If you answered "No" to one or more questions above, your company is a nonresident bidder. Please complete Parts C and D of this form. —To be completed by resident bidders My company has maintained offices in Iowa during the past 3 years at the following addresses: Part B Dates: / / to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: / / to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: / / to / / Address: You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. City, State, Zip: To be completed by non-resident bidders Part C _ 1. Name of home state or foreign country reported to the Iowa Secretary of State: 2. Does your company's home state or foreign country offer preferences to resident bidders, resident labor — force preferences or any other type of preference to bidders or laborers? 3. If you answered "Yes" to question 2, identify each preference offered by your company's home state or foreignYes ❑ No and the appropriate legal citation. country You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. —To be completed by all bidders Part D I certify that the statements made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and I know that my — failure to provide accurate and truthful information may be a reason to reject my bid. Firm Name: — Signature: Date: You must submit the completed form to the governmental body requesting bids per 875 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 156. This form has been approved by the Iowa Labor Commissioner. 309-6001 (09-15) Worksheet: Authorization to Transact Busines s This worksheet may be used to help complete Part A of the Resident Bidder Status form. If at least one of the following describes your business, you are authorized to transact business in Iowa. — ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is currently registered as a contractor with the Iowa Division of Labor. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a sole proprietorship and I am an Iowa resident fo r Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a general partnership or joint venture. More than 50 partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purpose�eneral ❑ Yes [] No My business is an active corporation with the Iowa Secretary of State required by the Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial eporrt,handpaid has notfes feedarticles of dissolution. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, has filed its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. 0 Yes No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state and the statement has not been canceled. — ❑ Yes No My business is a limited liability of state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of fo e gn qual which h ification cat ostatn inement Iowa and sta'te �me e a cancellation has not been filed. nt of ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership hich hs filed certificate of limited partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement�of termination a ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limitec! partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization not filed a statement of termination. g tion is filed in Iowa and has — ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of orn anizati on is led in a state than Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled. 309-6001 (09-15) City of Waterloo Iowa Construction Sales Tax Exemption Contractor Information Required Contractor Name Contact Name Phone Address Contractor Type: Prime Subcontractor Federal Employer Identification Number Project Name Project Description Description of Work: I I Brickwork I I Landscaping I I Carpentry I I Painting I I Concrete I I Paving I I Drywall-Plaster-Insulation J I Plumbing I I Electrical I Roofing-Siding-Sheet Metal I I Excavation/Grading I I Windows Flooring I Wrecking-Demolition I f Heavy Construction I I Other(Please specify) I I Heating-Ventilating-Air Conditioning Contractor Construction Sates Tax Exemption Form Contractor Info Updated 4/14/04 GENERAL CONDITIONS w, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction shall be AIA Document A-201,2017 by the American Institute of Architects, are hereby made to govern the accompanying drawings and specifications,except that the accompanying Supplementary General Conditions shall take precedence over and modify, delete and/or add to any statements of the AIA forms. Although AIA Document A201,2017 is not bound in these specifications,the document is considered inclusive by reference and as modified by the Supplementary General Conditions hereafter. A copy of the General Conditions is available for purchase at the Architect's office or through AIA Iowa. H 7 ..,, -1 1 i "1 7 a a 7 1 7 i 1 -I IAJA Document A20 TM 1 — 2017 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction uction for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address) ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: THE OWNER; The author of this document has (Name, legal status and address)) added information needed for its completion.The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form.An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added THE ARCHITECT: information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available (Name, legal status and address from the author and should be reviewed.A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where the author has added TABLE OF necessary information and where ARTICLES the author has added to or deleted 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS from the original AIA text. This document has important legal consequences.Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect 2 OWNER 3 CONTRACTOR to its completion or modification. For guidance in modifying this 4 ARCHITECT document to include supplementary conditions,see AIA Document A503T"^, Guide for Su Conditions. 5 SUBCONTRACTORS Supplementary 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION _ 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS — 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Init. AIA Document A201 TM_2017 Co American Doc ment A of Architects.All pyh rights 911 1915 1918,1925, 1937 1951 "' Institute f WARNING.This 1958, 1961, 196protected U.S.19Co, 1976 / r - reproductiondistribution of this AMR Document,AtA Document is 1987,1997 �� f " maximum ,rit,ma cted by2007 and penalties,and b Irriauti 1875935897 which expires on 07/1�3/2019�tn10 under fr is n�Corti n of em civ' t l d Y The �a= resatt; v ar.3 t€turn tioa;T''eatios= User Notes: This document was produced b n se=>er`ci 8: and is not for resale. y AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11dcd/16/208uner Order No. � and Mil be (3B9ADA5D) r.. 2.5,3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2,4.2.7 INDEX Architect's Authority 12 to Reject Work 3.5,4.2.6, 12.1.2, (Topics and numbers in bold are Section headings.) — \ Architect's Copyright ,.... \ 1.1.7,1.5 — Work Architect's Decisions 4.2.13,4.2.14,6.3, Acceptance of Nonconforming 3 7.4 Architect's Decisions 7, n2.11,4.2.12, Acce tance off.34 4 1 9.5,9.8.4,9.9.1, 7.3.4,7.3.9,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9. , Acceptance Work 12 3 13.4.2, 15.2 9.6.6,9.8-2,9.9-3,9.10.1,9.10-3, 3.16, Architect's Inspections 9.8.3.9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.4 Access Work Architect's ect's n.pec ions 1 10 Accident 6.2.1, eve4 — Accident Prevention Architect's Instructions 13.4.2 A 3.2.4,3.3.1, . .7, 1 10.2 5 Architect's Interpretations Acts and Omissions A4.2.11,4.2.12 3.2,3.3.2;3.12.8,3.18,4.2.3,8.3.1,9.5.1, _ Architect's Project Representative Addenda 4.2.10 Addenda4.2, ` L1.1 Architect's Relationship with Contractor 3 3.1,3. Claims for 1.1.2,1.5,2.3.3,3.1.3,3.2.2,3.2.3, 3.12 3.1.4 Additional Costs, 3.5,3.7.4,3.7.5,3.9.2,3.9.3,3.10,3.11, � 9•5 Additional on l Inspections 15.1-5 .7. 5..9 6.2.9 7,8.10 .1 , 3.1 ,9 3. 3.18,4.1.2, Additional Inspections and Testing 9•7 9.8,9:9, 10.2.6, 10.3,11.3, 12, 13.3.2, 13.4,15.2 L. 9.42,9.8.3, 12.2.1 13.4 ,-- 3.1.3,3. Additional 3.7. Time,3.75,3.10.2 f8. 6 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 11.3ors Administration lStra on o the C0 ract 15.1 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3, Architect's Representations Administration of the Contract 9•4.2,Architect's 9 10 1 9 drtise ent or5 Architect's Site Visits 13 4 Advertisement hesitation to Bid 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 1.1.1 Asbestos Y.. Aesthetic Effect 10.3.1 4.2.13.8Attorneys'Fees Allowances 9.10.2, 10.3.3 3.18.1,9.6.8, 8 Award of Separate Contracts Applications for Payment 9.5.4,9.6.3,9.7,9.10 7. 9, 4.2.5,ppr va s 9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1, 6.1.1,6.12 Approvals Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 2.1.1,2.3.1,2.5,3.1.3,3.10.2,3.12.8,3.12.9, Portions of the Work � 4.2.7,9.3.2, 13.4.1 5.2 .... \ 3.1_.10.1, Basic Definitions Arbitration 1.1 8.3.1, 15.32, 15.4 Bidding Requirements _ ARCHITECT 1.1.1 4 Binding Dispute Resolution 4. Architect,Definition of 8-3.1,9.7,11.5, 13.1 15.1.2,15.1.3, 15.2.1,15.2.5, Architect, 111.5, 3.1,15.1.2,1515.4.1 152.6.1, Architect,Extent of Authority 7.3.4,7 4 9•2, Bonds,Lien 2.5,3.12.7,4.1.2, 3 63,7.1.2, 9.3.1,9.4,9.5,9.6.3,9.8,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 7onds,,9.6.8,9.10.2,9.103 Payment Bonds,Performance,and 11.1.3, 11.5 Architect,Limitations n, 14.2.4t ority , 15.2.1 .4.4,Performance, ance, Responsibility of Authority and ons12.4,y 4 2 2 Building Information Models Use and Reliance Resp 4.1.2,4.2.1, 1.8 2.1.T3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10, 5.2.1,7.4, 4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13, Building Permit 4.2.3,4.2.6,4.2.7, 3.7.1 l 9.4.2,9.5.4,9.6.4, 15.1.4, 15.2 Expenses Capitalization Architect's Additional Services and 1.3 2.5, 12.2.1, 13.4.2, 13.4.3, 14.2.4 Certificate of Substantial Completion Architect's74 Administration4 of the Contract 9.8.3,9 g 4,9.8.5 3.1.3,3.7.4, 15.2,9.4.1,9.5 -- 1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The 2 Architect's Approvals1951,1958,1961,1963,1966, 1918,1925,1937, ed by U.S,Copyright Law and International 20 and will be TM_tec s.Copyright© 911,1915, Document is protected in severe Co yrig and criminal penalties, ALA Document ep01 reserved.AIAFtDlocui This or any portion of d,may Init. American Institute of Architects.All rightsproduced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 1111612018 under Order No. — roducmu e tent distribution of this AfA`' (r Order 5o) Unauthorized rap possible under the law. document wasf f prosecuted to the maximum extent p 1875935897 which expires on 0711312019,and is not for resale. User Notes: e, I1 Certificates for Payment 4.2.1,4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3 9. 3 9.10.1,9.1 0.3 4>9.5,9.6.1, 9.6.6,9.7 3.7.4,4.2.8, 8.3.1 14.1.1 3 14 2 4 15 1 4 Conditions of the Contract '1 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 1 1.1.1, 6.1.1,6.1.4 Certificates of Insurance Consent, Written 9.10.2 3.4.2,3.14.2,4.1.2 Change15.4.4.2 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2,9.10.3, 13.2, Orders 1.1.1,3.4.2,3.7.4,3. Consolidation or Joinder 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7 8.2.3,3.11,3.12.8 4.2.8, 5.2.3 15.4.4 2, 7.3.2, 7.3.7, 7.3. 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 10. 9, 7.3.10, 8.3.1 CONSTRUCTION By Change Orders,Definition of 1 5 12.1.2 SEPARATE CONTRACTORS OR BY 7.2.1 1.L4 6 ACTORS CHANGES IN THE Construction 2:2.2 WORK 7 3 1 Change Directive Definition of 1 1.5 '3.I 1 4 2.8, 7 72.1, 7.3.1, 7.4 8.3.1,9.3.1.1 Construction Change Claims, Definition of 1.1.1 3.4.2,3.11 Directives 15.1.1 7.3,9. '3.12.8,4.2.8, 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3 3.1.1 Claims, Notice of Construction Schedules,Contractor's 1.6.2, 15.1.3 3.10,3.11,3.12.1, CLAIMS Contingent Assignment3 12.2,6.1.3 15.1.6.2 AND DISPUTES of Subcontracts 3.2.4, 6.1.1, 6.3, 5.4, 14.2.2.2 Clims and 7.3•9, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, Continuing Timely 10.3.3 15, 15.4 g Contract Performance 15.4.1 y Assertion of Claims 15.1•q r►nance Claims for Additional Cost Contract,Definition of 3.2.4 3.3.1,3.7.4 7.3. 1.1.2 Claims for 9,9.5.2 10. Additional Time 2 5' 10'3 2> 15.1.5 OF THE CT, TERM 3.2.4,3. THE INATION OR SUSPENSION 3,1,3.7.4 6.1.1, 8.3.2, 9.5.2, 10.3.2, Concealed or Unknown 15.1.6 Contract 1,5.4.2, 1 1.5, 14 3.7.4 Conditions, Claims for Contract Administration Claims for Damages 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 3 2.4,3.18, 8.3.3 Contract Award and E 11 3: 9'S•1 9 6•7, 10.2.5 10.3.3 to Execution, Conditions 2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 11.3, Relating Claims Subject to 3.7.1,3.l p 5 2, 6,1 15 4 1 Arbitration Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use of Cleaning Up 1.5.2,2.3.6,5.3 3.15, 6.3 Contract Documents,Definition of Commencement of the 1.1.1 2.2.1 3.2.2, Work, Conditions Relating to Contract Sum 3.4.1ofth Work.1 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2 3 12.6, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 2.2.2,2.2.4,3.7.4,3.7.5 , 8.3.1 11.1, 112, 15.1.5 >3.8,3.10.2 Commencement of the Work,Definition of 9 1'9 2, 9.4.2,9.5.1.4 3.10.2,5.2.3 7.3, 7.4 — _ 8.1.2 12.3, ct , Defi15.1.4.2, 9.6.7,9.7, 10.3.2, 11.5 Communications Contract Sum, 15 1 4 2, 15.1.5, 12.1.2 3.9.1,4.2.4 9.1 Definition of 15.2.5 Completion,Conditions Relating to Contract Time aft 3.4.1,Completion, 5,4.2.2, 1 1 4,2.2.1,2.2.2 3. 9.1 0, 12.2, 14.1.2, 1 5. .2 2 9, 8.2 9.4. 7.2.1.3 7.3.1 7.4 3.7.5 3.10.2, 5.2.3 6.1.5 2, 9.8 9.9.1 > 7.3.5, 7.3.6 7 COMPLETION,PAYMENTS AND 8.2.1, 8.2.3 > 7, 7.3.10, 7.4 8.1.1, 9 8.3.1, 9.5.1 9.7 10.3.2, 14.3.2, 1 Time, 15.1.6.1 2> 12.1.1, 12.1.2 Completion,Substantial Contract Time IS•2.5 8 1 1 ,Definition of 3.10.1,4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 15 12 CONTRACTOR .� Compliance with Laws 3 2.3.2 3.2.3 3.6,3.7, Contractor,Definition of 13.1 13.3, 3.12.10, 3.13,9.6.4, 10.22 3.1, 6.1.2 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3 15.2.8, 15.4.2, 15.4.3 Contractor's Cons `, Concealed or 3.In a Construction and Submittal Schedules Unknown 12.1,3.12.2,4.2.3, 6.1.3, Conditions Contractor's 15.1.6.2 Init. AtA Document A2o1 Th._ Employees American 2017. Institute ofCopyright 01911 1915 '"! 7 Unauthorized reproductionArchitects.All rights , 1918,1925 reserved.}r5 191 ,1937,1951,1958 be American I to the or All distribution of this NG:This AIA'" 1961,protected 1966,18 u35887 which expires one extent AtA Document of is 1970,c n987 possible1 , n under the law. or any portionprotected b997 a User Notes: 07/13/2019, This document it, Y U.S.U °pYriyht Law 2007 and 2017 by The and is not for resale. was produced may result in severe:civil3 E and t¢6/201 u n e O by AIA software at 11:38:53 criminal penalties,antttieS' ET on 11/16/2018 under OrderlNo. 3 (3B9ADA5D) Damage to the Work 1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4 1.- \ 3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, amag9oth10.2. 3.9, 10.2, ,10.3, 1.3,3.4. 14.1,3.8.1,14.2.1.1 9s,Claims2for 10.3.3, 11.3.2, Damages, 9.5.1,9.6.7, Contractor's Li3.2.4,3.18, for , �- Liability Insurance6 15 ] 7 Ilion 14.2.4> Contractor's 11.1 arate Contractors Damages for Delay 9 7 10.3.2,14.3.2 nd r Owner's Forcesionship with Sep 6.2.3,8 s Dela6, and 12 2 4 Date of Commenc ,9.7, 0 the Work,Definition of 3.12.5 3.14.2,4.2.4,6, Ilion 8•]•2 letion,Definition of 3.18.1,3.18.2,4.2.4,5,9.6•2> Date of Substantial Comp Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractor 1.2.2,2.2.4,3.3.2, 11.3, 11.4 8.1.3 �' 9.6.7,9.]02,11.2, Architect Day Definition of Contractor'1.5,2 Relationship with the Art 4 3.3.1,3.4.2, 8 1.4 1.12, 3.7 ,3:1 3.1.3,3.13.2.2,3.16, 4.2, 5.2, 7.34, oils,3.16,3.18, Decisions of the Architect 4 2 13 63, 6.2. 3. 8.3.l,9.2, 9.3, 10.2.6, Decisions ons 0 the chit 1,4.2.12, 1 13.4.2, 6� 2 7,8.3.1, 13.4, 9.4,9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9' 9.,4.2.11,92.13,6. , lion 15.2.1 7.3.9,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2, Contractor's 5 13.4 15. 14.2.2,14.2.4, 15.1, 15.2 Con1ra3t2r's Representations 9.3.3,9.8.2 6 2.2;8.2.1, Decisions to Withhold Certification r.. ---;- \ r 3.Responsibility 1 in the 5 9.7, l.3 tance, 32.1,o� - for Those Performing 9.4.1,9. , Work,Acceptance,Contractor's .3,6Defective or Nonconforming Work ], 10.2.8 Rejection and Correction of 5.3,9-6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3, Co.t 3.t8,Sion 6.1.3,of Contract c and 6.2.3,rc9.5.1, 2.5, Contractor's Review Documents 9]0.4, 12.2.1 Co the Work Definitions 3 12 2,3.12.3,4.1.1,5.1, Rightto Stop ] 1,Definitions 15.1.1 Contractor's 8_1,12.1,3.12 - - 14:2,9.7 6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1, Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract Delays and Extensions of Time 9 5 1,9 7, - 7i Extensions 7.3.1,Time4,8.3, 1 .1 3.2,3.7.4,5.2.3, 15.2.5 � 3,9.2,9.3,9.8.2, 10.4,14.3.2, 15.1.6, ►,.., Contractor's Submittals l 5 10.3.2, Transmission 3.10,3.l l oils;4.2.7,5._ I � 9.10.3 Digital Data Use and 9.8.3;9.9.1,9.10.�, 1.7 Contractor's Superintendent � 17leis Co,Contractor's Disputes h 3.9,15.1, Contractor's Supervision and Construction Documents and Samples at the Site Procedures 42_7,6.1.3,6-2-4, 3.11 1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,42.2' 14. 15.1.4 Drawings,Definition of ... 7.00rdin ti n7 and o re a 12, 1.1.5 Specifications,Use and Ownership of Coordination and Correlation 6 2 ] Drawings and Sp 1.2,3.2.1,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6.6.1.3, - a, Specifications 3.11 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Sp Effective Date of Insurance 8.2. Copyrights Emergencies 1.5, Corre3ction 1merge Emergencies ,15.1.5 - 2.5, of Work 9 9.1 12.1.2, 12.2,12.3, Employees,Contractor's 4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, 2.5,3.7.3, 59..1.3 9.8.2,9.8.3, yees,Contractor's ctor3.18.2, 3.3.2, 15.1.3.1,15.1.3.2,15.2.1 10.3.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Equipment,Labor,or Materials 3.13,3.15.1, Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents s 3 8 2 3 8 3,oils, 7.3.41.2 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5, 9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3, 4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.4, 142,92 Cost,Definition of 10.2.4, 14.2.L1> 9.10.2, 10.2.1, "' Costs 5 4.2,6.1.1,6.2.3, .1Ex0.2,10ion and 1 of the 14 2 4.1,3.7.1> 2,5 3.2.4,3.7.3,38.2,39,9.1 10.3.6, 2.3.s ftheWo,3.3.1,3. le4, 10.3.2, 1.1.3,1.2.1,1.2.2, 8.2,9.5.1, 4 7.3.8,7.3.9,9. 6.2.2,7.1.3,7.3.6, 7.0 ,- Cutting an ,Patching 122.4, 13.4,14 3.10.1,3.12,3.14,4.2, .2.2, .1.3,7.3.],15.1.. 1 3.14,6.2.5 , 1�• 9.9.1,10.2, 10.3, Curting and Patching Time 9.7, 10.3.2, Damage toOwner or Separate 4 3.2.4,Extensions of Ti 72.] 7.3 7.4,9.5.1, Damage Construction of 10 4 14.3,15.1.6,15.2.5 ,_ 3.14Cont 2,6.2.4, 12.2.4 1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 2017 by The 4 10.2.1.2,10.2.5, 10.4, 1961,1963, 3_A D0meri1937,1951,1958, U S. 0,197 ,Copyright 87,and International-it-canes. and017dwill be 1915,1918,1925, protected by rights ©sere Document is result in Severe civil and craning penalties.Tr_201o.Copyrightportion of A,may .. produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 1111612018 under Order o- AIA Document A201 maximum s.All rights reserved. the la .Document,or any P (3Order o. Init. American Institute of Architects. This document was Unauthorized reproduction or distribution under tte law. extent p Tres on 0711312019,and is not for resale. I prosecuted to the maxirtmum 1875935897 which expires User Notes: i Failure of Payment 9.5.1.3,9.7, 9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Faulty Work INSURANCE AND BONDS "'� (See Defective or Nonconforming 11 Final Completion and Final pa b Work) Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy 4.2.1,4.2.9,9.8.2 9.10 Payment 9.9.1 Financial Arrangements,12w 14.2.4 14.4.3 Insured loss,Adjustment and Settlement of 2.2.1,13.2.2, 14.1 Owner's 11.5 GENERAL PROVISIONS Intent of the Contract Documents 1 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13 Governing Law Interest 131 13.5 Guarantees(See Warranty) Interpretation Hazardous Materials and Substances 1 1.8, etati 1.4,Written 5.1 10.2.4, 10.3 Interpretations6.1.2, 15.1.1 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers4.2.11, 4.2.12 ' 5.2.1 Judgment on Final Award r Indemnification 15.4.2 3.17,3.1 g 9 Labor and Materials, E 6.8,9.10.2 10.3.3, 113. 1.1.3, 1.1. Equipment Information and Services Re 6,3.4 3.5 3.8.2 2.1.2 2.2, Required of the Owner 5.2.1, 1.1.1 >3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 2.3, 3.2.2,3.12.1 0.1,6.1.3 7.3.4,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3 9.6.1 9.9.2 y_10.3 >6.1.4,6.2.5 10.2.4 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 >9.10.2, 10.2.1, 14.1.4 10.3.3 11.2, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, Labor Disputes putes Initial 14.1.1.4, 14.on 8.3.1 15.2 Laws and Regulations Initial Decision 1'5>2.3.2,3.2.3,3- Maker,Definition of 9.9.1 2•4,3.6,3.7,3.12.10 5.4 1.1.8 10.2.2, 13.1 13.3.1 >3.13,9.6.4, Initial Decision Maker,Decisions 1 Liens 13.4.2 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, 14.2.4 15.1.4.2 Liens Initial Decision 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3 2.1.2 Maker,Extent of 15.2.5 '9.3.1,9.3.3,9.6.8,9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8 14.2.4, Limitations, Statutes of 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2. -- I 4.2. of Daina 3> 15.2.4 15.2.5 12.2.5, 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 10 2 8 10 4 ge to Person or Property Limitations of Liability Inspections 3.2.2,3.5,3.12.10 3, 4.2.7 6.2.2 9.4.2, 9.614 9.6.7,•1>3.17,3.18.1,4.2.6, — 3.1.3,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9. 9. . 9.9.2,9.10.1, 12.2.1 11.3, 12.2.5, 9.6.8 10.2.5 10.3.3 13.4 4 2> 9.8.313.3.1 Instructions to Bidders Limitations of Time 1.1.1 2.1.2 2.2,2.5 3.2.2 3. .4 Instructions to the Contractor 5 2,5.3, 10> 3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2.7, , 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3 3.2.4,3.3.1 9.4.1,9.5,9.6, 9.7 9. 3.8.l,5.2.1, 7, 8.2.2 '12 9.4.1,, .5.9 8>9.9,9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15, lnstzuments of Service,Definition of 13 4 2 3, I5.1.5 1.1.7 Materials, Hazardous Insurance 10.2.4, 10.3 6.1.1 7.3.4 8.2.2 Materials,Labor,Equipment and 11 9 3.2,'9.8.4 9.9.1, 9.10.2 1.1.3 1.1. , 10.2.5 6,3.4.1,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12 Insurance,Notice of Cancellation > 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3 >10.2,3.15.1, 11.1.4, 11.2.3 Expiration 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 9.5.1.3 9.10.2 Insurance, Contractor's Liability 14 2 1 1 14.2.1.2 Means,Methods, Techniques, Sequences and 1 1,1 Procedures of Construction "1 Insurance, Effective Date of 3.3.1,3.12.10 4.2.2,4.2.7, 8.2.2, 14.4.2 Mechanic's9.4.2 Lien Insurance, Owner's Mediation 9.3.1, 9.3.3,9.6.8,9.10.2 11.2 Liability 9.10.4 15.2.8 Insurance,Property 8.3.1 15.1.3.2 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6, 15.3 Insurance, 11. 15.4.1.1 , 15.4.1 Insurance 4> 11.5 Minor _ Stored Materials Changes in the Work 9.3.2 1.1.1,3.4.2,3.12.8 4.2.8, 7.1, 7.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Init. AIA Document Atom TM_2017.Co 13 American of Architects. Copyright©1911 1915 Unauthorized reproductionAll rights reserved.WARNING: , 1918,1925,1937 / InstituteArchitects. or distribution ogt e tIAR ING: 1937,1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, prosecuted to the This MA' Document is 1970,m976 Unauthorized maximum extent butionlo this MMA= cument,or anyprotected by , 1987,dcriminal mina,200Den and 2017 by User which expires on 07/13/2019, portion of it,may r U.S,Copyright Law and international Treaties.e Notes: and is not for resale. law.This document was produced b A software in severe civil and 187593589 Y AIA software at 11:38:53 penalties.and will be 5 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. (3B9ADA5D) Separate �- of 6.1 Contractsto Stop the Work Modifications,DefinitionOwner's Right 1.1.1 97 2.4 Suspend the Work Modifications to the Contract 2 1 5 2 3,7,8.3.1, Owner's Right to 2.5,3.11,4.1.2, 1.1.1, 1.1.2> 14.3 10.3.2 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 4 Mutual Responsibility 14 2,14.4 ` N2 Work,Acceptance of Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications and Nonconforming Other Instruments Service 3.2.2,3.11,3.17,4.2.12, Nolc .- Nonconforming ing12.3 and Correction of 1.1.6, eats of �.. Work;Rejection 1.1.1, Nonconforming 9-8.2,q.9.3,9.10.4, 5.3 12.2 2.5,3.5,4.2.6,6.2.4,9.5.1, or Use 2.4, partial Occupancy 9.6.6,9.9 Notice 2.2.2.,2.2.3,2.2.4,2.5,3.2.4, Cutting and :- 7 4, Patching, 1.6, 1.6.1,371.6.2,2.3.9 3.14,6.2.5 3.3.1,3.7.4,3.7.5,3.9., .9,3.3.2, 11.5,12.2.2.1, 9.7,9.10.1, 10.2.8,10.3.2, 8.24 , 13.4.2, 15.1.5, Patents.t .- 13:4•1, 14.1, 14.2.2, 14.4.2, 15.1.3, Payment, for 6.3,9.7,9.8.5,9.10.1, 15.1.6,11.1.4 of Cancellation17.3.9,9.2 Applications.4,9.5,9. of Insurance 42.5, Notice of or Expiration14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 1 ot. e of Claims payment, for 6 6 9 7,9.10.1, 15.1.5, 4t Certificates 9.3.c, r 9.6.1 9. Notice of Claims 10.2.8, ]5.1.3, 42.5, 1-6-2,2.12,3.7.4,9.6.8, 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 ` - 1 otice of T.8t 1 g and 15•p 9 10 3 t, 1Failure.3, of Notice 1 Testing Inspections7 , 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.12 1t1ons 9.5.1.3,9. 13.4.1> Payment,Final Observations,Contractor's 42.9,9.10,12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 4.2.1, 2. 3.2,3.7.4 Payment Bond,Performance Bond and 1 .`.Occupancy 7,3.4.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, l 1.12 Ores Written 9. payments,Progress 13.4.2, 9.10.3,14.2.3,15.1.4 Orders, 1 L5, 12.1,12.2.2.1, 9.3,9.6,9.8.5, �_ 1.1.1,2.4;3.9.2,7, 8•2•`' pAyMENTSANDCOMPLETION 14.3.1 9 OWNER Payments to Subcontractors 6 4,9.6.7, 14.2.1.2 2 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6.3,9. Owner,Definition of PCB Owner,n gements 1 CB performance Bond and Payment Bond Evidence of Financial Arrant Ow 13.2.2,r, 1 Information 4 -Required of the9.10.3, 1 P 1.2 _ 7.3.4.4,9.6.7, with Laws Owner;.2, . ,32 and Services 314 6.2.5, Permits,4, Fees, 3esand Compliance 2.1.2,2.2,2:3,3.2.2,3.12.10,6.110>3.3, 11.2,13.4.1, 2.3.1,3.7,3.13,7.3.4.4, 10.2.2 i 9.3.2, , 14.1 1.4, 14 1.4, 95,1.4, PERSONS 3 7 AND PROPERTY,PROTECTION OF 13.4.2,14.1:1,4,14.1.4, 1 10 Owner's Authority 3 8 1 3.12.10,3.14.2, polychlorinated Biphenyl 2.5,3.42, 7.2.1, 1.5,2.1.1,2.3.32.4, 5.4.1,6.1,6.3, 10.3.1 , 4.2-4 42.9,52.1,5.2.4, 9.10.2, i... 4.12, Definition of 8.2.2,8.3.1,9.3.2,9.5.1,9.6.4,9.9.1, Product Data, 10.3.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4, 1d.2 Drawings 11.4, 11.5, 12.2.2, Samples,Shop Product Data and 1 11.2 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 1.. Owner's Insurance Progress and Owner's 4.o.2,s. and o Completion 4.1.4, 15.1.4 . \ Relationship with 0.2 Subcontractors.2.2 Progress Payments 15 1.4 Own;r s Right to Carry9.6.4 9.tthe9.8.5,9.10.3, 14.2.3, to Out the Work 9.3,9.6, Owner's Project,Definition of 2.5,Owner's 1.1.4 6. Right to Clean Up Project Representatives Owner's3 ction and to Award 1987 1997,2007 and 2017 by The 6 Right to Perform Constru 1963,1966,1970,1976, AADoc Document 1937,1951,1958,1961, U.S. ,1976,1 Law and International by The 1915,1918,1925, protected by TM_2017.Aopynhts©sere 5- Document is p result in. .Co civil and criminal ernationaties.and will be htti rn of this. Ai Document,This or any portion of it,may produced by AIA software at 11.38:53 ET on 11116/2018 under Order o- p prosecuted Document thetr Order o. Init. American Institute of Architects.xt r�9 Unautharized reproduction or disYribut� uder tie lDaw.Th s document was 18759 to the maximum on extent possible 1875935897 which expires on 0711 3/2 01 9,and is not for resale. User Notes: d gal 4.2.10 Property Insurance 10.2.5, 11.2 6.1.1 ..... Proposal Re Shop Drawings,Requirements 3 12 1 g ,Definition of 1.1.1 PROTECTION Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 10 OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 3-l 1,3.12 ,4.2.7 Regulations and Laws Site, Use of 1.5 2.3.2 3. 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 2.3 3.6,3:7,3.12.10 3.13 Site Inspections 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5,,14, 15.2.8,1 15.4 3.2.2,3.3.3 3.7.1,3. Rejection of Site Visits 7.4,4.2,9.9 2 9.4.2 9.10.1 13.4 Work ,Architect's 4.2:6, 12.2.1 3.7.4 4.2.2 4.2.9, 9. Releases and Waivers of Liens Special Inspections and Testing 9.9.2, 92' 9'10.1 13.4 Releases 9.10.2 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.4 Representations Specifications,Definition of 3.2.1,sen3:12.6 1.1.6 ,,, Representatives ' 8 2.1,9.3.3 9.4.2, 9,5.1,9.10.1 Specifications 2.1.1senta 311 3.94.1.14.2.1013.21 1.1.1t1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5 Responsibility for Those Performing the Statute of Limitations 3 12.10,3.17, 4.2.14 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.2;4.2:3 g Work 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 Retain3 1 '5.3, 6.1.3, 6.2,6.3 9.5.1, 10 .2.2,Stopp .4 the Work 9.3.1, 9.6.2 9.8.5 2.2.2,2.4,9.7, 1 0.3 1 4.1 9.9.1 9.10.2 9,10.3 Stored Materials Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions "'t by ContractorewfC 6.2.1, 9.3.c r,Definition .fn, ion of 3.2,3.12 7 Subcontractor,Definition 6.1.3 5.1.1 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect SUBCONTRACTORS 3.10.1,3.10. 5 2,3.11, 3.12 4.2 5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 Review of ShopSubcontractors, Work by Samples by Drawings Product Data and 1.2.2,3.3,2,3.12.1 Contractor 9.3.1.2 9 6 7 3.18,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3 -� 3.12 5.4, Rights and Subcontractual Relations Remedies; 5.3 5. 1.1:2,2.4,2.5 3.5 3J.4 3.152 4,9.3.1.2,9.6,9.10 6.3, 7.3.1 42.6 $•3 Submittals 10.2.1 14.1, 14.2.1 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7 10.2.5 5.4,6.1, 9.10 3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1 5.2. 0.4 122.4, 13.3 14 15.4 10.3 12.2.1, 12.2.2 Royalties,Patents and Co 8, 9.9.1,Schedule ,9 3, 7.3.4 9.2 9.3 3.17 Copyrights Submittal Schedule 10.3 Rules and Notices for Arbitration 3.10.2,3.12.5 4.2.7 15:4.1 Subrogation, Waivers of Safety of Persons and Property 6.1.1 11.3 10.2, 10.4 Substances, Hazardous amt Safety Precautions and Programs 10.3 3.3.1 4.2 2 4 Substantial Completion Samples,D 2.7,5.3, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4 4.2.9, P Definition of 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1 `1 3.12.3 12.2, 15.1.2 , 9.10.3, Samples,ShopSubstantial Completion,Definition of 3.1 I,3.12 Drawings Product Data and 9.8.1 '4.2.7 Substitution of Subcontractors Samples at the Site, Documents and 1r 3.11 5.2.3,5.2.4 { Schedule of Values Substitution of Architect 9.2,9.3.1 2.3.3 -04 Schedules, Construction Substitutions of Materials Schedules, C .12.2 3.4.2,3.5, 7.3.8 Separate Contracts and l 3, 15.1.6.2 Sub-subcontractor, Contractors 5.1.2 Definition of 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7, 6 8.3.1, 12.1.2 Separate Contractors Subsurface Conditions Definition of 3.7.4 init. AlA Document gypl TM_ Successors and American of 2017.Copyright©1911 Assigns _ Unauthorized treproductionArchitects, C reserved.1911, 915, 1918,1925,1937 / InstituteArchitects. All rights of this WARNING: Doc 1958, 1961, c63 prosecuted to the maximum extentThis qtq� Document is ,1966, 1970,1976 U a5u35897 which expires on or distribution str AMA`Document,or anyprotectedesby1976, 1987,dcriminal 1997,2007 pen possible19nd undernot for the taw. portion U.S.Copyright and 2017 by The Userrs Notes: This document was of it,e may result in ET on nd international Order and is resale. produced bysevere civil and 1 AIA software at 11:38:53crinninat penalties,and will be ] ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. (3B9ADASD) 2.5 3.2.2,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, 4.2, 2.1.2,2.2, , 5.2,5.3, 5.4,6.2.4,7.3,7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3, 3.9,13.2 9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9•9,9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, Superintendent 15.1.2, 15.4 ,,,_ S9, rvisi Time Limits 15.1.3, 1 Claims Supervision 3.3,n and4,3 1C2.10,4.2 on 2.7,6.1e3,6.2.4, 3.7.4,m 10. n Claim 5 1.3 7.1.3,.2,3.3,3.4,3.1 4 8 2,8.3.1,9.4.2,10, 12,14,15.1.4 Work Suppliers9 Title to 9Wo CORRECTION OF WORK 9.4.2,9.5.4,9 6> UNCOVERING AND CORK 1.5,3.12.1,4-2•4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3, .3.3 12 9.10.5, 14.2.1 Uncovering of Work Surety 9.10.3,11.1.2, 14.2.2, 12.1 5,4.1.2,9-6.8,9'8.5,9.10.2, Concealed or Unknown of Unforeseen Conditions, 15.2.7 3.7.4,8.3.1, 10.3 Surety,Consent2, . 0. 910.3 Unit Prices 9.8.5,y.10.2, 7n Unit i Prices Surveys Use of Documents 1.1:pensio 1.1.1, 1.5,2.3.ents .6,5.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Use of Site 14.3 n 3.13,6Site.1.1,6.2.1 6— \ Suspension of the Work Schedule of 7; ,5.4.2,14:3 9.2,Values, Suspension or Termination of the Contract Waiver of Claims by the Architect 1 5.4:1.1, 14 13.3.2 Taxes Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 1 Termination y.4.4 `� the Contractor 9.10.5, 13.3.2, 15.1.7 the Owner by Waiver of Claims by l4 2.4, 15.1.7 14. .115.1. 9.9.3,9.10.3, 9.10.4,12.2.2.1, 13.3.2, Termination by the Owner for Cause Waiver of Consequential Damages � Terrain ti n,by th.7 15.1.7f the Owner for Convenience 14.2.4, Termination of Liens Ten14.4 9.3,Waiver of lens Termination of the Architect Waivers of Subrogation " T 2.3.3 to ment 6.1 Waivers .3 Termination of the Contractor Emp Y Warranty 10 2,9.10.4, 12.22, 14.2.2 3.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9- �, ON OR SUSPENSION OF THE 15.1.2 _ TERMINATION Weather Delays 1 CONTRACT 8.3, 15.1.6.2 T Work,Definition of Testsand 3,3.7.1,4. 42 98.3, 3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9;9• 1.1.3 � 3.1.3,3.3.3, 9.10.3, Consent 3.14.2,4.1.2,9.32, T9.9.2,9.10.1,10.3.2,12.2.1, 13•4 1.r Written 3.Conse7.4,3.12.8, TIME 13.2, 13.3.2, 15.4.4.2 8 Written.2, 15.4.4,2 Time,Delays.4and Extensions o�4 8 3 9.5.1,9•7, 4nter 52_3,72.1,7.3.1, 4.2.11, ... 3.2 4,3.7.4, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 Written Orders 12.2, 13.4.2, 14.3.1 Time Limits10.4, 14.3.2, 1.1.1,n. 7,8.2.2, 12.1, Time L l 4 i* 1961,1963,1966,1970, 1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The 8 1925,1937,1951,1958, U.S.10,1976,1 Law and ,20 nand will e 1915,1918, Document is protected by rr+_2017.CopYn9ht©1911, This result in severe civic and criminal penalties.htti reserved.ALA' Document,• or any portion of it,may produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 1 111 61201 8 under Order No. s pJA Document A201 (3B9ADA5D) '— Init. American Institute of Architects.All rigThis document was be Unauthorized reproduction or distribQtsg bfe n#derma he taw. prosecuted to the s expire on extent P 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS §1.1 Basic Definitions "" §1.1.1 The Contract Documents AgreeThe Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement The )and consist of the A between the Owner and Contractor(hereinafter ment,Drawings,o S Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General, Su Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, the the Agreement,and Modifications issued after execution of the ContractSupplementary and other toh the Contract signed by both parties, i o(1) written r tten a e d in order for a inb Work issued2)aChange the Order, (3) An Changehion is 1 a Construction Directive, amendment Contract minorumen changedo not thehelWe the advertisementby th A chi Architect t nUnlesso bid,specifically enumerated d inr the m) often other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receivingg bids or proposals, t the Bidders,sample forms, proposal,or portions of Addenda relating to biddingAgreement,the or proposals, Contractor's bid or "' or proposal requirements. §1.1.2 The Contract The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. agreement between the parties and supersedes prior negotiation The Contractre represents the entire and integrated ", written or oral. The Contract may er ll not be construed to create a m ty be contractuald r modified onlyby s,Modification. or agreements, not be c is consultants, (2)between the Owno and a Subcontractor kind )a Modification. The tContractan Documents orsh relationship any kind(1)between theu Contractor and the)between Architect or the Arche Owner and the Architect or the Architect's consultants,or(4)between any or aSub-subcontractor 3 Contractor. The Architect shall,however,beto entitled) performance and enforcement persons or entities other thang the Owner and the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. of obligations under the §1.1.3 The Work The term"Work"means the construction and services required partially er "Work" nd includes all construction labor,materials,equipment q ed by the Contract Documents,whether completed or the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute q may c sti services th es holproei or aed ora to be provided by §1.1.4 The Project Lute the whole a part of the Project. The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed or a part andt the may include ruc construction tech bytheW r p med Owner and by Separa under lte Contractore Contract nsgc�ents may be the whole § 1.1.5 The Drawings _ The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contra dimensionsof the Weak, a generally including Contract Documents showing the rediagrams. gplans,elevations,sections,details,schedules,and location and § 1.1.6 The Specifications -�- The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance m the often requirements for materials§1.1.7 Instruments of Service p rmance of related services. Instruments of Service are representations,in an tantrumible and intangible creativeep work any medium of expression now known or later developed, respective professional services agreementInstruments of Service by Architect and the Architect's consultants under their he ..1 surveys models,sketches,drawings,specifications,and other similar i may include,without limitation studies, materials. §1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement el accordance Sectio Mn 15.2. ! shall.not be liable for results of he Initial Decisiions oron Maker shall not show to render initial decisions on Claims in partiality to the Owner or Contractor and ..� §1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents ens rendered in good faith. �' §1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are co one ei binding as if requiredbyac all; rcomplementary, fomen proper,and whati is required perfonnance bympleme requi what req by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent init. AIA Document A201 rM American Institute of Architect ts.All 17.Copyright reserved.©1911, Unauthorized reproduction r1915, 1918,1925,1937 ,1951,"RARNING.This MA' Document 1958, 1961,1cte U U.S. 1987 ! prosecuted to the maximum extent possible of this AtA" is ,1997, be 1875935897 which expires on Document.or anyprotected byse 2007 and penalties,and b possible under the taw.This document was produced byresultCopyright Law and International Treaties,e Uror Notes p 0xtent pos and is not for resale. mayof it, AS in severe civil and AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 1€1/1nal /2 under Order No. 9 (3B9ADA5D) i i reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the .,_ 1 I consistent with the Contract Documents and indicated results. violates any law,or is t or its r remaining .- §1.v,provisions. invalidity of any provision of the Contract Documents notshall invalidate the Contract or its redmammg provision of the Contract Documentsto make that legal aw,to give provienfor If it is,then that p that any provision or unenforceable,then that provision shall be revised to the extent necessary such case the Contract Documents shall be the Contract the fullest extent permittedb ` enforceable.t parties'I in executing s shall not effect to the intentions and purposes ement of Drawing 2 Organization of the Specifications into divisi5ubcontractors or s,sections and anrcles,and estabhshingthe extent of Work to be § nt g control the Contractor in dividing the Work among performed by any trade. the Contract Documents,words that have well-known h recognized meanings.cal orconstruction i dust Unless otherwise ngs are dted in industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with §1.3 Capitalization 1 s ecifically defined,(2)the titles of documents published by the American Institute of Architects. Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are p O P 3 the titles of other numbered�articles,or( ) "all"and d §1.4 Interpretation frequently omit modifying words suchasst statement and ''appears in ... In the interest of the' the Contract Documents articles such as"the" and"an,"but the fact that of either or is absent from o another is not intended to affect the interpretation � and Use of Drawings,Specifications,and Other Instruments of Service and other 1.5 Ownership Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors acodtorn n rs of their respective§ stet.5.1 The Architectry and the dnge Drawings and Specifications,and retain Sub-S rightsf in their including copyrights.The Contractor,Subcontractors, ._ in the Instrumentsn connection of ervice.the Project Submittal or rnot to be reserved in their Instruments hall not oewn or claim a copyrightose with subcontractors, ..-- distribution to eend souppliers regulatory requirements or for other pure co tri rued n to meet Lion in deg and reproduce .._ Iication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants'reserved rigts. P construed as pub suppliers are authorized to use protocols established pursuant zed Sections 1.7 and ce theolely 1.5.2 The Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors,and notice, § oprovided to them,subject to any Instruments el Serviceo copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors, suppliers may ,.. ifan a any.ex shownlo for execution of the Work. The Sub-subcontractors, s outside ac ors,and the Work on the Instruments of Service. Contractor, the Owner,Architect,and the Architect's consultants. �` not use the Instruments of Service o other projects or for additions to the Project ` without the specific written consent { §1.6 Notice where the Contract Documents require one party to notify or III 1.e.1 notice theas otherwise pa provided in Section 1.6.2, person,ve mail,by �- § such notice shall be provided in writing servedto the df delivered in representative of the party party, ,by Agreement. i give notice to other p y whom thenotice iselectronic transmission and shall a deemed for have been dulyto have been - is if a method electronic transmission is set forth in the Ag deemed courier,or by electron provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be provided in writing and shall be §duly1ly.2 iedNotice only Claims as representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed by served if delivered to thCo tie atd providing proof of delivery• certified or registered mail,or byr.• other §1.7 Digital Data Use and Transmission governing the transmission and use of Instruments ofa Service uilding ; The pities will use AIA Document E203 2013, agree upon protocols transmission, The parties shallcP and Digital Data Exhibit,to establish the protocols for the development,use, information or documentation in digital form. P Information Modeling and exchange of digital data. 1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The 10 1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966, ,1 Law and ,2007aand2017 by h• 1918,1925, U.S.Copyright TN_Architects. s.All rights ©s911,1915, Document is protected by AIA Document A201 reserved.WARNING:This AtA'` feriae of it, result in severe civil and criminal penalties'and wille tnitDocument,or any portion producedf it,may AIA It in civil ET on l penalties, under, l be — American d Institute of maximumu All t Order No Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA` prosecuted to the extent possible under the law.This document was 1875935897 which expires on 07113/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: §1.8 Building Information Models Use and Reliance Any use of,or reliance on,all or a portion of a building information model without agreement governing the use of,and reliance on,the information contained in the model and without "4 forth in AiA Document E203TM- g ment to protocols AfA AIA G20n 2013,Building Information Modeling ut Exhibit,hving tndshprotocols set relying 2013, Project Building Information Modeling Protocol Digital Form,shle at the usingorrsite Y g parry's sole risk and without liability to the other party and its contractors or consultants,the authors contributors to,the building information model,and each of their agents and employees. •� of,or ARTICLE 2 OWNER §2.1 General §2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writinga express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring is referred to throughout the r. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1,the Architect does not have such authority.presentative who shall have E e Owner there Owner's authorized re 4.2. ,thee. q a the Owner's approval tor ea Owner m ty The term"Owner"means §2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor,within fifteen days after r necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice of,or enforce mechani ' ec inform ation shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to theproperty on which the Project is located, erpt of a written request, information usually referred to as the site,and the Owner's interest therein. c s lien rights. Such §2.2 Evidence of the Owner's Financial Arrangements §2.2.1 Prior to commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contra the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements -. obligations under the Contract. The Contractor shall have no obligation toContractor,the Owner shall furnish to provides such evidence.If commencement of the Work is delayed under this s to fulfill the Owner's g commence the Work until ace Owner — be extended appropriately, coon 2.2.1,the Contract Time shall §2.2.2 Following commencement of the Work and upon written request bythe to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements obligations under the Contract only if(1)the Owner fails maketo Contractor;:the Owner shall furnish Documents require; (2)the Contractor identifies in writing a reasonable con g to fulfill the Owner's make cu payment when 2) or Con3)tractor change the payments to the Contractordng has the is bact intern regarding the Owner's ability to provide such evidence,as required, within fourteen days of the Contractor's request,the Contractor Work materially changes the Contract Sum.If the Owner fails to immediately stop the Work and,in that event,shall notify the Owner that the Work has stopped. — request is made because a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum under may may immediately stop only that portion of the Work affected by the change until reasonablepp However,if the the Work is stopped under this Section of the Contract Time shall bee evidence above,the Contractor shall b increased dbye the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs oto shut is provided.If Suminterest as provided in the Contract Documents. extended appropriately delay the Contract down,delay and start-up,plus §2.2.3 After the Owner furnishes evidence of financial arrangements under this Section 2.2,the Owner shall not '"` materiallyvary ary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. §2.2.4 Where the Owner has designated information furnished under this Section .,� Contractor shall keep the information confidential and shall not disclose it to any 2.2 as"confidential,"the Contractor may disclose"confidential"information,after seven(7)days'notice to the Own required by law,including a subpoena or other form of compulsory other person. However, the entity, by er, wherer governmental is orcourt or arbitrator(s)order. The Contractor may also disclose"confidential"information to its p sory legal process issued by a court or govetnniental "I employees,consultants,sureties,Subcontractors and their employees,Sub-sub know the content of such information solely and exclusively for the Project and Sub-subcontractors,and others who need to confidentiality of such information. who agree to maintain the §2.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner §2.3.1 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the including those required under Section 3.7.1, the Owner shall secure and a ..,rContractor under the Contract Documents, pay for necessary approvals,easements, Init. A1A Document A201 TM_2017.Copyright 01911,1915, 1918,1925,1937,1951,1958, 1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997 2007 and 2017 b American Institute of Architects.Atl rights reserved. .... Unauthorized reproduction tr All ri button of this mW NING.T ns ar an VIARt3ilNG:This A3A` t3oeumettt is protected by U,S,Co / prosecuted to the oductionmaximu extent possible under the law.This document was produced bypcivil a Law and tnternatior al Treatias e y portion or it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and wilt be 1875935897 prosecuted which expires on extent p1 ,and is noteroe resale. 11 User Notes: AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. (369ADA5D) assessment s and charges required for construction,use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent ... changes in existing facilities. y practicing practice architecture,or an entitylawfully §2.3.2 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed top' ._ mber. architecture,inthe juris diction where the Project is located.That person or entity in is identified as the Architect in the n Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as ifsingular §2.3.3 If the employment of the Architect terminates,the Owner shall employ a successor to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Archite,ocations for 2.3.4 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics,legal limitations and utility — § t and a legal description of the site.The Contractor shall be entitled to rely thaccuracyof the of information site then rnishe, proper precautions relating to the safe performance furnished by the Owner but shall exercise Work. the Contract Documents with furnish any other information or services under thee Owner'sh control 2.3.5 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by c §easonable promptness.The Owner shall also after receiving and relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work with reasonable promptnesse ... Contractor's written request for such information or services. Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of §2.3.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract reproductions pocou u WOWS the to Section 1.5.2. �+ the Contract Documents for purposes of making p §2.4 Owner's Right to Stop the Work WorkIf in accordance with the Contract Documents,for such �" Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as requiredthe out portionthe thereof,until the cause Owner by Section 1 wri2.2tten or repeatedly the failsCoto ctorythereof, rise to a duty on the part may issue a writed; order however,the right of the Owner to op the Work shall not give to the extent order has been eliminated;this forrig of the Owner to exercise right the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,except required by Section 6.1.3. I 2.5 the C Owner's tot de to Carrys Out neglects the Work to and continue correction mn is such defaultils ,� If the Contrac tor defauls or negthcts to carry out the Work inaccordance o°ornmencerta the Contract Documents and failhave within a t withithy legend afteran receipt of promptness, notice from the Owner tress,the Owner may,without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may , or neglect diligence and promp Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to corre prior approval such defaulth or rch testlect.and the Architect may,pursuant to Section 9.5.1,withhold r oorthe nullify fs a Certificcostate ffor prior of the Architect to reimburse the compensationP for the Architect's services correcting whole or ine part,tncluo the ing O reasonablyer'sp necessary areA Arnochitect's sufficient additional to cover such madearecnec such deficiencies,ch default, including or failure.If current and future payments necessary ny such dealt pay nagpursuant the to amounts, Woo the Contractor shall the difference to the Owner. Owner,the Contractor file a Claim actions of the Owner or the Architect or the amounts claimed as costs to Article 15. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR §3.1 General areement and is referred to throughout the §3:1.1 The Contractor islet person or entity identified as such in the Ab shall designate in writing a representative who have Co ntract Documents as if singular in number.The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed,if required inn e jurisdiction where the Projectd is located.The Contractory.. express authority to bind the Contractor with rasp representative.matters under this Contract.The tern the Contractor or the Contractor's authorizedp §3 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. the Contract §3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with Documents oith tests, s of inspections or approvalsthe required or performed by P 1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The 12 or. ri ht©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958, byi h1 Law 19d ,200 International 2l Tr by The AIA Document o1 r h tec s.Aopy g portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be Init. produced it, by AIA in ware l ET 11/16/2018pa unders, will No. Institute° etar distrgbution orv�a. A�Ut°WARNING: or anyUcu��eYtt is protected U.S.U. spy prosecutedUnauthorized to ( Order 6o) No themaximumireson 07I1312019Sanld is for resale. documentwas 1875935897 which expires User Notes: §§3.2 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor 3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the RIM* become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed,and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. site, §3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary,the Contractor shall,before Work,carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.4,shall take field measurementst ofah existing of the conditions related to that portion of the Work,and shall observe any conditions at the W. These, well as --t obligations are for the any purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor andareng r not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents;however,the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors,inconsistencies or omissions discovered byor Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require-It is recognized r.. made known to the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. g d that the a licensed design professional, §3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders ofpublic authorities, shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by in accordance with applicable request for information in such form as the Architect may require. horities,but the Contractor ..l or made known to the Contractor as a §3.2.4 if the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because Architect issues in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Architect 3 the Contractor shall submit Claims asContractor's provided in Articleof clarifications or instructions the of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the O Sections 3.2.2 or 15.If theto ContractorheOfails to ject to ere obligations 7 as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations.If the Contractor Owner,subject to Section 15.1.7, obligations,the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from error 'I` inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents,for differences between field measurements those and the Contract Documents,or for nonconfonnities of the Contract Documentss, ordinances, codes,rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities. to applicable laws,statutes, asurements or conditions 7 §3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures §3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and attention. Contractor shall be solely responsible for,and have control over,construction means m il sequences,and procedures,and for coordinating The Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means meth methods,techniques, b all portions of the Work under the Contract. If the Contract procedures,the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and shall be solely responsible ..� safety of such means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures. If the methods,techniques,sequences,or { methods,techniques,sequences or procedures may not be safe,the Contractor shallgive P for the jobsite Contractor determines that such means, and Architect,and shall propose alternative means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures. The Architect shall evaluate the proposed alternative solely for conformance with the designtimely notice to the Owner Unless the Architect objects to the Contractor's proposed alternative, the Contractor shall its alternative means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures. intent for the completed construction. perform the Work using §3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of SubcontractorsNI and their agents and employees,and other persons or on behalf of, their any its and the g portions of theme Work entities performing portions the Work for,or — §3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. §3.4 Labor and Materials §3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery, — facilities and services tool necessary water,heat,utilities,transportation,and other ed for proper execution and completion of the Work,whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Init. AIA Document A201'N-2017.Copyright©1911,1915, 1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 and 2017 b American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. _ Unauthorized reproduction or Alldistributionrights isr t IA,WARNING: Document,A �lARfdl`V ;This Alit, Document is protected by U.S.Co / Upnauthorized ecuted do the maximum extent u of thisheir the law. ie or wasproduced byCopyright a Law and international Treaties,d wilt l e 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal User Notes: AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Orderl No. 13 (3B9ADA5D) 1 roved bythe Architect in accordance with Section 3.12.8 _ \ ,.W in the case of minor changes in the Work approved rthe may make substitutions only with the or ordere.4.2 d ordered by the Architect in accordance with Section 7.4,the consent of the Owner,after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. other shall enforce strict discipline and good order among CheContractor's t employees ndt properly persons The Contractor ,„ persons carrying out the Work.The Contractor shall not permit employment skilled in tasks assigned to them. _ §3.5 Warranty ment furnished the §3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equip entotherwise.under The Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the Work requirementsthe Conte ract c Contract ncum Documents oanp will permit. Con free from defects,except for those inherent in the quality of ... Work,materials,or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective.The Contractor's yfor damage or defect caused by abuse,alterations tote Work ndot t executedanu by If e oanty excludesremedy quality normalo m usage.sas Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance,improper operation, ... i required by the Architect,the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and q ty and equipment. material,equipment,or other special warranties required by the Contract Documents shall be issued in the § meAlle q ... name of the Owner, or shall be transferable to the Owner,and shall commence in accordance with Section 9.8.4. §3.6 Taxess providedthe Contractor that are ... The Contractor shallwhen paysales,consumer, se iconcluded,whether or not yet ffective or merely scheduled legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations to go into effect. Compliance with Lawspayfor the building §3.7 Permits,Fees,wise and Comp' s licenses,and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper §3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and eecpermit aswelld as other permits,fees, execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. §37.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, §'3.7.3 If the Contractor performs.Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable dinordinances, codes, rules and regulations,or lawful orders of public au toori correction.the Contractor shall assume appropriate for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable §3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions Documents or(2)unknown physical conditions of an the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are(1)subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions If that differ materially from those indicated in the Contractgenerallyd to exist and recognized as inherent m cuonstruction nature that differ the character lly from those fort in Contact Documents,the Contractor shalld in no event o promptly1p provide notice eactivitiesh of e andthe provided days .— after first notice to the Owner and the o Architect The A before hitect will promptlyinvestigate ed n such conditions and,if the Architect determineseter observance f the ate differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor'sbe made in theime required Contract Sum o ,performancet ofey anyp for, of part of the Work,will recommend that an equitable adjustment Time,or both.If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site the not is mjuerifiey,di front from or those tract those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in thedisputes the Architect's shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor,a statingthe Claim as providedher party Arti le 15. determination or recommendation,that party may submit 8 1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 1997, ,2t007aannd�220 y The 14 Am Document to of T" —2017.Copyright©1erve .WARNING: Init. 9 o€-tion of it,nay result in severs civil and orirninal penalties,and will kze UUnautho izedtre roductioentor distribution o this AIA Doc ment,or any portion i protected It U.S.U. . Pt' prosecuted to rep possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under rderA o. prosecutes the maximum extent 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: '1 §3.7.5 If,in the course of the Work,the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial i markers,archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect. Upon receipt of such •4 notice,the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume I the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features.Requests for adjustments in _ Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features by the Owner but Article 15. may be made as provided in §38 Allowances §3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner maydirect, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ Documents.Items objection. P y persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable §3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, 1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered "' all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts; at the site and .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor,installation costs overhead,profit,and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract not in the allowances;and Sum but .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order:The amount of the Change Order shall reflect(1)the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Section '_ 3.8.2.2. §3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with re asonable promptness. §3.9 Superintendent §3.9 1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor,and _, communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contract attendance or. §3.9.2 The Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall notify the name'and qualifications of a proposed superintendent. Within 14 days of receipt of the information the —. fy Owner and Architect of the may notify the Contractor,stating whether the Owner or the Architect(1)has reasonable objection to the Architect superintendent or(2)requires additional time for review.Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. proposed ..f 14-day §3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ tendent to whom the Owner or reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not chnge the superintendent without the Owner's consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. s consent, §3.10 Contractor's Construction and Submittal Schedules §3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall submit for the Owner's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall contain detail appropriate Project,including(1)the date of commencement of the Work,interim schedule milestone dates,and the dateteofs Substantial Completion; (2)an apportionmento for the completion each portion of the Work. The schedule the Work llbpro idey lfortthe orderly andes, of "' completion ofd i of d time li its current le shall thelp Covidea ion progression the of thee required for appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project.Documents. The schedule shall be revised at §3.10.2 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule,shall submit a submittal schedule for the Architect's approval.The Architect's approval shall not i be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall(1)be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule,and(2)allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. If the Contractor fails to 7 submit a submittal schedule,or fails to provide submittals in accordance with the approved submittal schedule,Init. AIA Document A201 T"—2017.Co C, the Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING: �,America Institute reproduction or Alldistributionrights reof tveds AIA= DocuNING:This or any UCx:This or Document is result It in U.S.Copyright civil Lacy and international and wTreatill l b / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order portion of it,may severe eivil and criminal penalties. will be 15 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: No_ (3B9ADA5D) Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time _ required for review of submittals. 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to he Owner and Architect. §3.11 Documents and Samples at the Sitet The Contractor shall make available,at the Project n goodcordercand markedlcurrent y togndicat rfield 6.. Construction Change Directives,and other Modifications, changes and selections made during construction,and the approved Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,and available to the Architect and Owner, andaper imilar delivered to the submittals.Arch tectlfor sube mittal oll be in etetOwner upon ronic form orcompletion of the Work as a record of the Work as de constructed. §3.12 Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings,diagrams,schedules,and other data speciallyutoto preparedorillustrate some portion of §Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier, the Work. ons oc hure §3.12.2 agrams, — Product Data are illustrations,standard schedules,performance chart r nipntruc for ,brro port s, oia the Work. andd other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materialsq 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials,equipment,or workmanship,and establish standards _. by which the Work will be judged. Samples,and similar submittals are not Contract Documents.Their purpose ... is 3 o e demonstratehop Drawings,the CoProdntractor Data,o �P conform to the to how Contractor proposes to the Work for whichheation given and the Contract Documents require submittals.esign concept expressed invthe \ ytContract Documents for those portions Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of bee so ldentiftedf n thetContracbDocumentsnSub which mittals that ,,,_ Architect is not expected to take responsive action may are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. ocuments, rove,and submit to the §3.12,5 The Contractor shall review for compliance an t s�imilarh the subm suntract bmittals required by the Contract Documents,in Architect, Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples, approvedan submittal accordance with the submittal schedule approved is the as to cause no delaynn the Work or in the activities of schedule,with reasonable promptness and in suchq .... the Owner or of Separate Contractors. the Contractor represents to reviewed and approved them,(2)determined and verified §3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,and similar submittals, the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has(l) materials,field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,requirementsrwilldo so, o and(3) rk and checked 'sm.. the Contract coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the Documents. which Con ts ub §3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for submittals,euntil act eDocumen s require tsth basmitta l and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,or similar approved by the Architect. submittals except that the Contractor d of royal of Shop 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved e Contract Documents by the Architect's ll app not be relievetect f responsibility for deviations from the requirements of L, Drawings,Product Data,Samples,or similar submittals,A chitect has give unless the n written aapproval tol the notified deviation as a such deviationhan atethe Workme of submittal2)ah and r theeenedutDrawings, a mi»or change in the Work,or(2)a Change Orderoo fTes°o sibility foh errorsDirective hasor omiss on s n Shop ed authorizmg _ the deviation.The Contractor shall not be relieve he Architect's approval thereof. Product Data,Samples,or similar submittals,by ©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,E 9877,1w a99d,200na and 2017 by The 16 TM_2017.CopyrightU.S.copy 9 AIA Document A201result in severe civil and criminal i penalties,and will be Init. portion of it,may American institute o tetosg distr9tBution of Lhis.AlA�r�l°Document,or any £ument is protectedY prosecuted to reproduction (r Order o. prosecuted the maximum extent possible le and ius for resale.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order o. User 5897 which expires on 07113120 , User Notes: §3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention,in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. absence of such notice,the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. In the §3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitut thearchitecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to earlyout the the practice of ... p ion of responsibilities for construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,and procedures. The Contractor shall not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. Contractor's be §312.10.1 If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents,the Owner and the specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shally ms, materials, or upon the adequacy and accuracy of the performance and design criteria provided in the Contract means. Theect will Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided byan appropriately be entitled to rely professional,whose signature Documents. and seal shall appear licensed design Drawings,and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings,and other submittals on all drawings,calculations, specifications,certifications,Shop Work,designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others,shall bear such professional's related to the approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to relyu and accuracy of the services, certifications,and approvals performed or providedp onal's written provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor the performance and de upon the adequacy by such design professionals, services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10,the Architect will review and approve or take other sign criteria that such appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. §3.12.10.2 If the Contract Documents require the Contractor's design professional to certify performed in accordance with the design criteria,the Contractor shall furnish such certifications to the Architect at the time and in the form specified by the Architect. that the Work has been §3.13 Use of Site The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws,s rules and regulations, lawful orders of public authorities,and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. tatutes,ordinances,codes, §3.14 Cutting and Patching —` §3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting make its parts fit together properly.All areas requiring cutting, fitting,or patching shall be restored to b,or patching required to complete the Work or to existing prior to the cutting,fitting or patching unless otherwise required by the Contract Document the condition •r s. §3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors by cutting,patching, or otherwise altering such by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter construction by the Owner or a Sea P � g construction,or except with written consent of the Owner and of the Separate Contractor-Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold,from the Owner or a Separate Co prate Contractor cutting or otherwise altering the Work. p Contractor,its consent to §3.15 Cleaning Up §3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work,the Contractor shall remove waste '" materials,rubbish,the Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machine of waste materials and the Project. machinery,and surplus materials from and about ,,,,t §3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Own Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. er may do so and the Nog Intl. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright 01911,1915, 1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This A#A' Document is protected by U 8,Copyright Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A#A= Document,or anyand 2017 by The 1 7 / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 1 38:53 ET on 1d1/16/2018€under Order No.onal portion of it,may result in severe civil andoncriminal1/1penalties,and will be s. 17 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADASD) §3.16 Access to Work The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect with access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. §3.17 Royalties,Patents and Copyrightshe Contractor shall .._ The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. and Architect harmless fromtlososron claimscount thereof,but infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Ownerprocess,or product of a particular manufacturer shall not be manufacturers i responsible required fre defense the Contract Documents,or where the copyright violations are contained in - Drawings, Specs isSpecifications. by S ecifications, or other documents prepared by the Owner orthe Contractor shall be responsible for the owever,if an infringement of a p copyright or patent is discovered by,or made known to,theContractor, loss unless the information is promptly furnished to the Architect. §3.18 Indemnification indemnify and hold §3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law,a d n of any of them from and against clailess me s,damages, losses, expenses,inciconsu ding ,and agentsemployeesresulting from disease death, losses and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys'is attributable to bodily injury, from performance of the Work,:provided that such claim,damage,loss,or expense or �.. negligent l injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent causedlb tt, e • nt acts'.or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone r notsu htly cla�m,damage,losr indirectly s,oreexpense is anyone of whether caused for whosebyacts they may be regardlessliaher, nrued described r this orce u caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abinridge,or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party person 3.18. against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, § Subcontractor,b.2 In claimsg bythem,or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,the ` a anyone directly or indirectly employed indemnification obligation under Section 3.18•l Contractoshall not bore ta Subcontractor under mited by a limitation oworkersntcompensation acts, ` ` compensation,or benefits payable by or for the disability benefit acts,or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT §4.1 General §4.1.1 The Ar chitect is the person or entity retained by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.2 and identified as such in it the Agreement. Duties,responsibilities,and limitations of authority of the Architect ct as set ortth in the Contract r,Contraor, AtcDocements shall notbe l.2 e restricted,modified,or extended without written consent Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. §4.2 Administration of the Contract Contract 2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as Architectdesibeunsthe final Certificate for ntsPnd will be a§4• construction until the date the The Owner's representative will nave a during 4 Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. ed §4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction,or as otherwise agreed ted, " with the Owner,to become generally familiar with the progress rntded in ty manner of the P ditcat g that theion of the rWork,when and to determine.in general if the Work observed is being p l not be required to fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract ch Dk h quality or quantity of thents.However,the tWorkilThe Architect will � make exhaustive'or continuous on-site inspections to not have control over,charge of,or responsibilityr for rhe costruction n connection withthe Work asince techniques,sequences are solely the or procedures,or for the safety precautions and programs Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents. t he of the site visits,the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed me deviations u t progress s and § alit of the basis completed,and promptly report to the Own ( ) quality of the portion of the Work Copyright 987,and international Treaties. 8 AIA Document A201 T"-2017.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,19Law87,1997,2007 and 2017 by e Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA''Document is protected byU.S.Dopy g under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/1612018 under Order No. Unauthorized reproduction or distributi of this AIA'Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be ._ prosecuted to the maximum extent possible (369ADASD) 1 User1875 5897 which expires on 07i1312019,and is not for resale. User Notes: { 1 Contract Documents,(2)known deviations from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and(3)defects and deficiencies observed in the Work.The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not ... have control over or charge of,and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of,the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §4.2.4 Communications "' The Owner and Contractor shall include the Architect in all communications that relate to or affect the Architect's services or professional responsibilities. The Owner shall promptly notify the Architect of the substance of any direct communications between the Owner and the Contractor otherwise relating to the Project. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with Separate Contractors shall be through the Owner.The Contract Documents may specify other communication protocols. §4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. §4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the mans Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.4.2 and 13.4.3,whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However,neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers,their agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve,or take other appropriate action upon,the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings,Product Data,and Samples,but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or,in the absence of an approved submittal schedule,with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review.Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities,or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents.The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3,3.5,and 3.12.The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or of any construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures. The Architect's "'41 approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. §4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may order minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. The Architect will investigate and make determinations and recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4. §4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion; issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8;receive and forward to the Owner,for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10;and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10. §4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree,the Architect will provide one or more Project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site.The Owner shall notify the Contractor of any change in the duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Project representatives. §4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under,and requirements of,the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor.The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. §4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of,and reasonably inferable �• from,the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings.When making such interpretations init. MA Document A201 T"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1 American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA5 Document is protected byU S Law and international 2007 and Tr byat The Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA, Document;or anyay Copyrighte ciiland criminal penalties,Law and and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA sresuoftware at in r11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 19 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) and decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either,and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. §4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. §4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents.The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness.If appropriate,the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS §5.1 Definitions §5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor.The term"Subcontractor" does not include a Separate Contractor or the subcontractors of a Separate Contractor. §5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Sub-subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub- subcontractor. §5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work §5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,the Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall notify the Owner and Architect of the persons or entities proposed for each principal portion of the Work,including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design.Within 14 days of receipt of the information,the Architect may notify the Contractor whether the Owner or the Architect(1)has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or(2)requires additional time for review.Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. §5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection.The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. §5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection.If the proposed but y_ rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference,if any,occasioned by such change,and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work.However,no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. §5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor,person,or entity for one previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. §5.3 Subcontractual Relations By appropriate written agreement,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor,to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents,and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities,including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work that the Contractor,by these Contract Documents,assumes toward the Owner and Architect. ._ Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,and shall allow to the Subcontractor,unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights,remedies,and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors.The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, AIA Document A201 T"-2017.Copyright()1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The 20 Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AM' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties, Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlAt Document;or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. (369ADA5D) User Notes: `""1, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement,copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound,and,upon written request of the Subcontractor,identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will .., similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub- subcontractors. §5.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts §5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner,provided that .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor;and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond relating to the Contract. -` When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement,the Owner assumes the Contractor's rights and obligations under the subcontract. §5.4.2 Upon such assignment,if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days,the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. —' §5.4.3 Upon assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4,the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity.If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity, the Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all of the successor contractor's obligations under the subcontract. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS §6.1 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts — §6.1.1 The term"Separate Contractor(s)"shall mean other contractors retained by the Owner under separate agreements. The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,and with Separate Contractors retained under Conditions of the Contract substantially similar to those of this Contract,including those provisions of the Conditions of the Contract related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. §6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site,the term"Contractor"in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. §6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each Separate Contractor with the Work of the Contractor,who shall cooperate with them.The Contractor shall participate with any Separate Contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any revisions to its construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement.The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,Separate Contractors,and the Owner until subsequently revised. §6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces or with Separate Contractors,the Owner or its Separate Contractors shall have the same obligations and rights that the Contractor has under the Conditions of the Contract, ` including,without excluding others,those stated in Article 3, this Article 6,and Articles 10, 11,and 12. !` §6.2 Mutual Responsibility §6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and Separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities,and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. §6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a Separate Contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, Unit AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Alf` Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA','Document,or anyyresutseveren civiland Law and International and will b 21 / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This docume t was produced by AIA software at11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order Noe . 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) promptly notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that would render it unsuitable for proper execution and results of the Contractor's Work. �. Failure of the Contractor to notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects prior to proceeding with the Work shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or Separate Contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work.The Contractor shall not be responsible for discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that are not apparent. §6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a Separate ,.. Contractor because of the Contractor's delays,improperly timed activities or defective construction.The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a Separate Contractor's delays, improperly timed activities,damage to the Work or defective construction. §6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage that the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or Separate Contractor as provided in Section 10.2.5. §6.2.5 The Owner and each Separate Contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. §6.3 Owner's Right to Clean Up If a dispute arises among the Contractor,Separate Contractors,and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish,the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK §7.1 General •- §7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract,and without invalidating the Contract,by Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work,subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. §7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner,Contractor,and Architect.A Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor. An order for a minor change in the Work maybe issued by the Architect alone. §7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall proceed promptly with changes in the Work,unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive,or order for a minor change in the Work. r..• §7.2 Change Orders §7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner,Contractor,and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 The change in the Work; .2 The amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum;and .3 The extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time. §7.3 Construction Change Directives §7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect,directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.The Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions,deletions,or other revisions,the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. — §7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order.§7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum,the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: AIA Document A201 T"-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AiA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 22 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. L.. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. (3B9ADA5D) User Notes: .1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 CostC to beontract determined i ben a maner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 As provided in Section 7.3.4. ""` §7.3.4 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing • the Work attributable to the change,including,in case of an increase in the Contract Sum,an amount for overhead and profit as set forth in the Agreement,or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement,a reasonable amount.In such case,and also under Section 7.3.3.3,the Contractor shall keep and present,in such form as the Architect may prescribe,an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.4 shall be limited to the following: .1 Costs of labor,including applicable payroll taxes,fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, workers' compensation insurance,and other employee costs approved by the Architect; .2 Costs of materials, supplies,and equipment, including cost of transportation,whether incorporated or consumed; .3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor or others; r. .4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance,permit tees,and sales,use,or similar taxes,directly related to the change;and .5 Costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. §7.3.5 If the Contractor disagrees with the adjustment in the Contract Time,the Contractor may make a Claim in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. §7.3.6 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive,the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method,if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. §7.3.7 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. §7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in t he actualn net cost as confirmed by the Architect.When both additions and awlcredits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any,with respect to that change. §7.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner,the Contractor may request payment y q p yment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment. The Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines,in the Architect's professional judgment,to be reasonably justified;The Architect's interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order,subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. §7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the al adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time,or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments,such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order. Change issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive. g g Orders may be "I §7.4 Minor Changes in the Work I The Architect may order minor changes in the Work that are consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time. The Architect's order 1 for minor changes shall be in writing.If the Contractor believes that the proposed minor change in the Work will 1 Init. AlA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Alfte Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. al Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 23 / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (369ADA5D) affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the Contractor shall notify the Architect and shall not proceed to implement the change in the Work.If the Contractor performs the Work set forth in the Architect's order for a minor Now change without prior notice to the Architect that such change will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the Contractor waives any adjustment to the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time. ARTICLE 8 TIME §8.1 Definitions §8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided,Contract Time is the period of time,including authorized adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. §8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. §8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. §8.1.4 The term"day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. §8.2 Progress and Completion §8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.By executing the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. §8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing,commence the Work prior to the effective date of insurance required to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. §8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. §8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time §8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by(1)an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect,of an employee of either,or of a Separate Contractor; (2)by changes ordered in the Work; (3)by labor disputes,,fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties,adverse weather conditions documented in accordance with Section 15.1.6.2,or other causes beyond the Contractor's control; (4)by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and binding dispute resolution;or(5)by other causes that the Contractor asserts,and the Architect determines,justify delay,then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. §8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. � , §8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION §9.1 Contract Sum §9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments,is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. §9.1.2 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed so that application of such unit prices to the actual quantities causes substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. §9.2 Schedule of Values Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price,the Contractor shall submit a schedule of values to the Architect before the first Application for Payment,allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work.The schedule of values shall be prepared in the form,and supported by the data to substantiate its accuracy,required by the Architect.This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used -- as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment.Any changes to the schedule of values shall be submitted to the Architect and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require,and AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This MA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 24 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIM Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. (369ADA5D) User Notes: r, unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's subsequent Applications for Payment. §9.3 Applications for Payment §9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values, if required under Section 9.2,for completed portions of the Work. The application shall be notarized,if required,and supported by all data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment that the Owner or Architect require,such as copies of requisitions,and releases and waivers of liens from Subcontractors and suppliers,and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. §9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9,such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives,or by interim determinations of the Architect,but not yet included in Change Orders. §9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or supplier,unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. §9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work.If approved in advance by the Owner,payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing.Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such ... materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest,and shall include the costs of applicable insurance,storage,and transportation to the site,for such materials and equipment stored off the site. §9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment.The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the Contractor's knowledge,information,and belief,be free and clear of liens,claims, security interests, or encumbrances,in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors,suppliers,or other persons or entities that provided labor,materials,and equipment relating to the Work. §9.4 Certificates for Payment §,9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either(1) issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment in the full amount of the Application for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor;or(2)issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in part as provided in Section 9.5.1; or(3)withhold certification of the entire Application for Payment,and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect's reason for withholding certification in whole as provided in Section 9.5.1. §9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data in the Application for Payment,that,to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information,and belief,the Work has progressed to the point indicated,the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion,to results of subsequent tests and inspections,to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion,and to specific qualifications expressed by the .1Architect. However,the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has(1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work (2)reviewed construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures; (3)reviewed copies of requisitions received ^ from Subcontractors and suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to I payment; or(4)made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. Init. AIA Document A201 T"-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected byU S. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Doc€ €gent,or any Copyrightand criminal and International and will b p portion of it,may result in severe civil penalties, will be 25 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) §9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification §9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner,if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made.If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application,the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1.If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount,the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner.The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor bow is responsible,including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2,because of .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims,unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or suppliers for labor,materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or a Separate Contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time,and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or .7 repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.5.2 When either party disputes the Architect's decision regarding a Certificate for Payment under Section 9.5.1, in whole or in part,that party may submit a Claim in accordance with Article 15. §9.5.3 When the reasons for withholding certification are removed,certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. §9.5.4 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3,the Owner may,at its sole option, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or supplier to whom the Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered.If the Owner makes payments by joint check,the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Contractor shall reflect such payment on its next Application for Payment. §9.6 Progress Payments §9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment,the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. §9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor,no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner,the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from npayyments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor's portion of the Work.The Contractor shall,by app p agreement with each Subcontractor,require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. §9.6.3 The Architect will,on request,furnish to a Subcontractor,if practicable,information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. §9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid — Subcontractors and suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work.If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days,the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors and suppliers to ascertain whether they have been properly paid.Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have anImmo obligation to pay,or to see to the payment of money to,a Subcontractor or supplier,except as may otherwise be required by law. §9.6.5 The Contractor's payments to suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, — 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. AIA Document A201 TN—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 26 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AM' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. (3B9ADA5D) User Notes: §9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress a Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the �` §9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment Documents. payments l received hed by the ontrovidr forh Work properly be held bye bond in the full penal rprovided m of the y suppliers Sum the Contractor for those Subcontractors or su performed by Subcontractors or under d th t with ac Contractor fSu whnh a ppliers who performed Work or furnished mat rials,or both, require money wto thbe peaced intr a separate i copat and t w commingledY all shall payment c made g the Owner.moneyN of the contained herein create an fiduciary liability or tort liabili award fiduciary ofliability damages t'on the part of the Contractor for breachlof trust,or°entitle Contractor, rentity any punitive against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of EMI y person or to an §9.6.8 Provided the Owner has fulfilled its paymentthis provision. obligations under the Contract Documents,the Co defend and indemnify the Owner from all loss, liability,damage or expense, including reasonable attorn any tier. Upon arising out lien cl henm or other claimContractor any claim or other claim for payment byanyeY s fees approvedytir. by the receipt of court forpayment, shall notify o they or srpplr. of sust the a Burr ybo dfr the roneractor.If against which the lien or other claim hforprea wired,the Contractor ed '" payment has been asserted may substitute a surety bond for the property §9.7 Failure of Payment If the Architect does.not issue a Certificate for Payment, throw receiptfheof the tContractor's Application for Paor through no fault of the Contractor,within seven days ater the fthe established the ContractonDocuments,the amount certified ymens th if the Owner does byt hey the Contractor within seven days dispute resolution, the Contractor maY after Work untile payment then the amount owing has been received. The lC ay by the Architect or awarded byto t, pg y,upon seven additional days'notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable start- up,plus interest as provided for the Contract Documents. tract Time shall be extended appropriately and costs of shutdown,delay and_ §9.8 Substantial Completion §9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress is uffioiensly complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that p guess of them Work when the Ownere oraocupy designated portion thereof Work for its intended use. -- the can occupy or utilize the §9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work,or a portion thereof separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit seas t be isubstaorntially y complete, e to finalpaymentmit to the Owner a co to accept �` itemsresponsibility.completed o corrected too completeprior toall Work accordancetot an tee onArchitectha t does not alterve thelist of rkn Failure include the Contract item ocuh est does not alter with the Documents. §9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list,the Architect will make an inspection designatedUp portion tthereof Cs sntracto tall i ct the Ate.If the ill m included on the Contractor is list,whica lsy notplete. peon to determineany whether theWorkn or Architect's in inspection with the any tram whether ors not that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designatedsufficiently complete accordance with the Contract Documents so shall,before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion portion thereof for its intended use,the Contractor by the Architect-In such case the Contractor shall then submit a request for another determine Substantial Completion. complete or correct such item upon notification inspection by the Architect to �-- §9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect will re Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial insurresponsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, prepare a insurance;and fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on Completion; establish ance; Warranties required by the C the Co Documentsml maintenance,items thief damage accompanying the Work and tion of the Work or designated portion the of ontract otherwise hl cointhe datetof theC shallvi commence he Certificate on the of SubstantialnlC Campion. §9.85 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submittedthe of Substantial Completion. acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. Upon such to the Owner andn Contractor ear their written any,the Owner shall make payment ofretaina acceptance,and consent of surety yment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements if -. ge applying to the Work or designated portion thereof. Such q ements of the Contract Documents. Init. AIA Document A201 TM American A of AM—2017 Copyright ht rOeserved. y The 1911,1915,1918 1925,1937 Ameri Institute of uch to or All rights r e this ARN3N(;. Document 1958,1961,1963,protected / ofThis AIA is protected by 66,1970, 1976, 1987, 1997,2007 and 2017 b 11.1 prosecuted Unauthorized the reproduction extent possible underisthe tDDo Document, document was produced 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019, acun�enf,or any portion of it,may result severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be Copyright ElLa and international Treaties. User Notes: and is not for resale. by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 27 (3B9ADA5D) ane or Use completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when .-- §9.9 Partial Occupancy occupy or use any such occupancy or use is consented s 9.9.1h The Owner mayn pY separate agreement with the Contractor,provided is consent or Loch portion is r and authorized riby sdp public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project.Such partial _ the insurer whether o p is substantially complete,provided the Owner and Contractor have to by retainage,if any,security, accepted may cotmnting the or not the portion in writing any,srning the period for use in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, m to the Work and insurance,and have agreed maintenance,heat,utilities,damagerequired by the Contract Documents.When the Contractor complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided � co correction oportf the Work and commencement the Contractor or use shallb not e to the Ably ect as The under Section a portion.Consent on of the Copartial occupancy 1 be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or,if under 9g ess of then Work shall Contractor to noage re then is decision of the Architect. agreement is reached,by or use,the Owner,Contractor,and Architect shall jointly inspect prior to such partial occupancy _ the 9.area.2 to be Immediately iportion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the to be occupied or Work. or portions of the Work shall not partial occupancy or use of a portion ... §9.9.3 Unlessc otherwise Workreed upon,p with the requirements of the Contract Documents. constitute acceptance of not complying meetinspection and acceptance and upon §9.10 Final Upon r o the Final Pay �- rchitect will promptly make such inspection.When the receipt9.10t receiptA ofcatiContractor'srPaym t the Archhat the Work is for finale nformed,the Architecti nthe a final Application n dfer the Contracte knowledge,Architectec will and finds Work acceptable under the Documents and the Contr the act fully p completed in accordance — Certificate for Payment stating that to the eatof the Architect's has been comp then final prompty issueonthe a final s o belief, and n basis m the Architect's th on-sitet visitsn eand inspections,dto Payment will constitute a further representation Documents and that the entire balance found sae forPay due the Contractor and noted 1 payment have been with the Contract entitledllconto final Certificate is due and in payable.The 0 2 as precedentnal art ... that conditions listed Section 9.10.2 as to the Contractor's being fulfilled. e shall become due until the Contractor submits remaining retained percentage to §9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any equipment,and other indebtedness connected an affidavit that payrolls,bills for materials and ippont an or encumbered amounts with the the Work of property mightthat insurance(lesse requiredmouby the a certificate evidencing Work for which the Owner or the Owner's p• p �' a that the �` Contractwnheld Documentsby Owner)haveo been paid or otherwise satisfied,ay t is currently in effect,(3) writtenperind statement Contract to remain in force e insurance after final payspecial required warrd by the such n knows n en reason ofsur tya thei,tofin al payment, not,(5)documentation of thenyper,other data Contractor if required by the Ow as Documents,(4)consent es or specificety,if any,to ntra pay L manufacturers' warranties or Subcontractor warranties,and(6) be designated satisfaction of obligations,such as receiptsthe extent and in such waivers of liens clamor may establishing payment or the Owner,the Conti interests, Subcontractor encumbrances arising out ni the Centre or byinterest,or securityclaim,security by the Owner.If a refuses to furnish a release waiver required are made,the ,_, furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien, the lien, fito pay in discharging are encumbrance.If a lien,claim,security interest,or encumbrance remains unsatisfied after payments s aces. including all costs and reasonable attorneys' _ Contractor shall.refund to the Ownerante money that the Owner may be compelledno fault claim,security interest,ore Completion of the Work,final completion thereof is materially delayed through §9.10.3 If,after Substantial completion,and the Architect so confirms,the of the Contractor or by the Architect,and without terminating the ►.. issuance of Change Orders affecting final completed,corrected,and accepted.If upon application by the Contractor and certification by Contract, shall, eportion of the Work fully the ma,make payment of thebalance y completed r that toi payment at the balance Contract nt a for e Do remaining balance for Work not fully or corrected is of the surety at pgyrnrpulated in the tr prior to that and ifbonds have been furnished,ccthe tedten c be ons final paymr the Work fully completed and accepted sadel under terms and conditions governingot to the Architect that portion of shall be m nt, OREN certification of such payment. Such payment except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The 28 1937,1951,1958,1961,1963, Law and ,200 International 2 Treaties' ©1911,1915,1918,1925, U.S.Copyright AIA Document toA of r h 2017.Copyrightresult in severe civil and criminal andi penalties,and wilt be Document,or any portion of it,may Init. produced by MA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. American Institute o�duc}cocci All rights of this AlAt2Ni'�G.This AtA� Document is protectedby (3B9ADA5D)prosecuted to rapt possible under the law.This document was ! proseNuted the maximum extent 1875935897 which expires on 0711312019,and is not for resale. User Notes: "41 i §9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from l .1 liens,Claims,security interests,or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents;or .4 audits performed by the Owner, ifpermitted by the Contract Documents,after final payment. §9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,or a supplier,shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. _- ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY §10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining,and supervising all safety precautions and in connection with the performance of the Contract. programs §10.2 Safety of Persons and Property §10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of,and shall provide reasonable protection prevent damage,injury,or loss to p n to •1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the site, under care,custody, or control of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,or a Sub-subcontractor; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements,roadwa s structures, and utilities not designated for removal,relocation,or replacement in the course of y construction. §10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with,and give notices required by applicable laws,statutes ordinances, rules and regulations,'and lawful orders of public authorities,bearing on safety of persons or property codes, protection from damage,injury or loss- p p rty or their §10.2.3 The Contractor shall implement,erect,and maintain,as required by existing conditions and the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,includinggnersperformance gns and other isof _ against hazards;promulgating safety regulations;and notifying the owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities of the safeguards. §10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment,or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. §10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss(other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3.The Contractor may make a Claim for the cost to remedy the damage or loss to the extent such damage or loss is attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable,and not attributable ,.. to the fault or negligence of the Contractor- The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. §10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. ,,.. §10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damagea create an unsafe condition. or 1 Init. AIA Document A201 T^'-2 01 7.Copyright©1911,1915, 1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961 196 American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA° Document isprotected byU.S. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this p(A Document,or any3,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The mayresult in Copyrightciiland Law and Internationalis, Treaties. / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software atr11 38:53 ET on criminal1/16/2018 undeand r Ord wilt be 29 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale.User Notes: Order No. (3B9ADA5D) I f §10.2.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property � If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property e bectheause of an or t or omissionwhe of the not insured,orhall others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery.The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. _ §10.3 Hazardous Materials and Substances included in the Contract Documents §10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements ial or substance not 6mo regarding hazardous materials or substances. If the Contr�ecautions will be inadequate to pctor encounters a hazardous revent foreseeable bodily addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable p not injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but Commra for o alb stos ooecognizing — polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB),encountered on the site by the Contractor,the the condition,immediately stop Work in the affected area and notify the Owner and Architect of the condition. §10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor's notice,the 0 tractor and,in the eventll obtain te services of a dsuch material or laboratory to .� the presence or absence of the material or substancereported by the Con ontract substance is found to be present,to cause rt�n be the Contractor less.and Arichitectess hhe names erwise and qualifications of pensDocuments, ns or O nerwho reshall furnish g persons entitiesor' who are to perform tests verifying of presence or absence or substance.The Contractor and the A the material or substance rchitect hitectho are to perform the task of removal or safe containment to the persons or entl promptly reply to the Owner I in either1ng thestating Cont Contraher or not either ctor Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed entities proposed Owner. If by the Owner,the Owner shall propose another e rendered harmless Workhn the affected area shall om the Contractr and te Architect have no reasonable resume upon objection.When the material or substance has been wr o agreementf the Ownertumand s all be increased by heontractor.By Change 0rder,amountlof the Contrae Contract ctor's shall easonable additional costs appropriately and the Contract Sum of shutdown,delay, and start-up. §10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims damages,losses,and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys'substance presents the risk of resulting from or performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material that suchh risk o damaye injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property .— (other than the Work itself),except to the extent that such damage,loss,or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity. ... tances he §10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under materials oris Section substances o re required by the Contract Docu.3 for hazardous materials or ments.The . Contractor-brings to the site unless such mates by the Owner shall be responsible for hazardous materials user andances handling itf such h materials or substances.D ts,except to the — extent of the Contractor's fault or negligence in the §10.3.5 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs(1)for oorere the remediation of hazardous materials or substances the Contractor bring to the and to the extenttlyhandles, nat theo r(2) and expense are Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section due to the Owner's fault or negligence. 10.3.E If,without negligence on the part of the Contractor,the by actor is held reason of per Work as required by the hiable by a government agency for — e cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely Contract Documents,the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. .� 1a.4 Emergencies property, In an emergency affecting safety of persons orthe Contractor alien or extens on otime�claimed by the Contractor prevent threatened damage,injury,or loss.Additional comp ... on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. i TM— Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,19 76,1987v�1a997 00and International017 by 30 AIA Document toA oltec 2017. llrights 9oportion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be American Institute of Architects.All ri hts reserved.WARNING:This AlA`R Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Unauthorized rosec red reproduction or distributions ole this r the Caw.T ant,cu any der No. i prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 1 1/1 6120 1 8 under B ADA5D) — User1875 5897 which expires on 07/1 312 01 9,and is not for resale. User Notes: NMI ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS §11.1 Contractor's Insurance and Bonds §11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance of t '� endorsements,The and suo ct o the terms and conditions,as described in the Ag types reement or elimits of sewhere purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance y' containing the insurance companies lawfully in the Contract authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project Owner,Architect,and Architect's consultants shall be named as additional Owner, rgeneral lit theContractor's on company or y policy or as otherwise described in the ContractDoc insureds under the Contr actors The §11.1.2 The Contractor shall provide surety bonds of theDocuments. conditions as required by the Contract Documents.bonds. The ea from a company to on types, for such penal sums,and subject theo such terms and P y or companies lawfully authorized to issue sure for shall boated. purchasec and maintain theePuirec bonds — surety bonds in the jurisdiction where Project is §11,1.3Upontherequestofany of obligations1.3 Up the req.under person or the entity r shall appearing to be a potential beneficiary authorize a copy to be fitrnish the promptly furnish a copyof bonds covering payment of the bonds or shall Y §11.1.4 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Contractor's Required the date t Contractoriceof becomes oraware on impending actual the she oDocu ts the Contractor fa shall prdgeor notice actu to cancellation or Insurance.Within threeo 3 r f such expiration dif any insurance actual ancell oe by or expiration. Upon receipt of notice from the Contractor, the Owner c e Owner of unless he lapse ing coverageo eagl aril ells from an act or omission of the Owner,have the right shall, the lapse in arises from procurement by the of replacement coverage b act to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage the actoo contractl obligationy th too Contractor. T anyPfurnishingcof notice by the Contractor shall do relieve §11.2 Owner's Insurance Y required coverage. .. §11.2.1 The Ov'ner shall purchase and maintain insurance of endorsements,and subject tothea termsthe Documents. sT and nee shallo purchase and Conit maintain the required ed mes thean limits eftorliability, and conditions,as described in the A containing the companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction cement elsewhere in the Contract q insuranceere fromProject an insurance company or insurance ANS §11.2.2 Failure to Purchase Required Property where the is located. §11 2 2 Failure toe, all of coveragesp y Insurance.If the Owner fails to propty Documents, thewit Owner the a and inC thea motor insdescribed and in the amounts described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the purchase and maintain the required Contractreo Docue from the Owner,the Contractor fn that willt interests Contractor, may delay toco andwriting prior to commencementndmay the Work.that provideprotect the interests ofge thebhen resolved,SubSubcontractors, rs, Sub-Subcontractors o the Work and Upon .., failure a ai uret In'the event erae Owner failsn curedto pro or re coverage, SumSu and Conrad in Time the Work.obtain insurance the Contract Sum waives all Contract shall C ntequitably When e Subcontractors,and Sub-subcontractors to the extent the to age,losshe the have einct the Contractor, insurance to have been procured by Owner would have been covered by the the Owner- The cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Order.If the Owner does not provide written notice,and the Contractor Owner to purchase ormaintain ot the provide insurance,the OwnerOwner bya costs and damages attributable thereto. is damaged by or Change shall reimburse the Contractor for llgeasonalect of b e§11.2.3 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Owner's Required e the date the r becomes aware of an i of Owner's actual cane requirededte e ContractDocuments,the Owner mall provideactual d Property Insurance. Within three 3 cequ ionby or Contract t e the lapse in cov shrageall s notice ell to thn or ntrac or ff c � �sininsurance or aess days of sieR m to act Contractor of the In Contractor: nactual Contractor, upon receipt of notice from the Owner,shall have the right to stopending has been cured'by the ptofprocurement of the Owner coverage °m an sot the Work kf the 1 husband Contract Sum h be equitably adjusted;and 3 the � )te e by either the Owner or the Contractor; in coverage .� Subcontractors,and Sub-subcontractors to the extent any loss to the Owner insurance had it expired c beentracancelled.If the Contractor Owner Owner ld v against teed by thets Contract insurance shall not p to the Owner byan a would haven been covered by the shall not relieve the Owner of any contractual obligation to provide replacement coverage the cost of the appropriate ChangeoidOrder.qiThe furnishing of notice by the Owner r P e required insurance. Init AiA Document A201 TM_ American Institute of TM—2e ts.An 17.Copyright ©reserved. 1911,1915 1918,1925,1937,1951 .� UnauthorizedmericInstitute reproductionofArchitects. An rigdistribution ofters Al WARNING:This A/A: u 1 Document is protected c by U.S.Co, yrig / prosecuted to the 1987, 1997 be 1875935897 which expires on or st2019 and is not for re Document,unment or any in Usevere ,200 and penalties,a and mum extent possible under the law.This document was#produced byresultCopyright Law and International Treaties,7 by User Notes: of A civil and criminal AlA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order iNo. 31 (369ADA5D) 1 §11.3 Waivers of Subrogation rights against(1) each other and any of their subcontractors,sub- `- the other dd ofh consultants;b for s b o 1 sub- subcontractors,t Owner and andCo employees, waive each of the other;(2) Architect's employees, subcontractons,agents,si emp Y and property insurance required ) and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents, have to proceeds Co Separate ractors,if any, ss,to the extent those losses are covered by p as theyerry damages caused t fire,or other causes uranc of ce applicable to the Project,except , \ Agreement or other propertyero r as appropriate,shall require similarrnwri Len waivers Conn favor ato Sof the L.. by the g person or n such insurance.and entities The Owner e Contractor, 'sonand consultants, ma Separate ntained byC Contractors, ofctors.The policies of insurance purchasedsubrogation. or entity individuals and identifieda above from the Architect,Architect's ls subroge have a � subcontractors,agreeing to waive claimssubcsua (1)even though that his waivererson or ofity rogatld on.Thiss waive hll effective as to to this personse or e city 1 shall not prohibitdid not pay i of agreeing or entity that person or entity `' subrogoation indemnification,shall cbea c a (2)even though or(3)whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the damage e duty iu indemnification;'contractual or otherwise, premium directly or indirectly, propel' real or personal or both,at or adjacent the Project, if a or both, fina p or adjacent the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, t the s Ie bur,ro J sli or policiesject,or other than those insuring po ode site s roc e be provided under on thecios separate Project horough a policy se insuringY — J such policies,the Owner waives all rights in property insurance u during is to r id completedpermissible by this prop tYcried,to the extent p fire or other causes of loss covered by the Project ewith the t construction sSeti p es caused by accordance the terms of Section 11.3.1 for damages separate proper insurance. "" §The Loss, Use,Owner's Business option, ay and Delay In Completion Insurance ainst loss of option,may purchase and maintain insurance that e of fiiefect or othere Ocau es of loss. due to Owner,at the to conduct normal operations, or the inability he use of the Owner's property; against the Contractor and Architect for loss of use of the Owner's property,Owner waives all rights of action fire or other hazards however caused. the as the Agreement be adjusted by — §1 t.5Adjustment1ls in and'Settlement the of Insured Loss byas their interests shallbe may appear,subject Owner §1 uc a A loss insured payable under the property insurance required the a Architect and a able to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, to fiduciary ande made p Y a ee clause and of Section 11.5.2.The Owner shall pay agreements the Creontractor of any applicable o of urtg g the Owner,and by ape P C rchitect and their shares shall insurancempayments pre t0their receivedo by Contractor make to their consultants and Subcontractors in similar of he proposed Architect and the Contractor of the terms proceeds.The Contractor If Contractorlhave1 does notfrom 11.5.2 Prior to settlement of an insured allocation of the Owner insurancelp notifythe ei t the re receipt of as well as theobject theopee me o settlement or allocation o th ettlement and allocation. the O ne shall so tl the to a proposed ro riate distributions.Upon Thereafter, ter, Ownere.Owner shall settle the loss insuranceee the Contractorinashall be accountud by Owner and or destroyed the the amount Owner does not terminate the Contract for convenience, shall deposit the proceedsO in a separate and make t e ape if no other agreementhall execute is made. nor theWork settlement or the ...- Contractorallocatedfor shall epurpo a Change OrderContractor for timerecoly objects to eithe the damaged terms of the proposed between the Owner and that purpose.If theermay timely e to Article 15. the Owner proceed to settle the insured loss,and anydispute Contractor oaths proceeds, proceeds shall be resolved pursuant Owner may issue a Construction Change Directive for the reconstruction of Pending resolution l out anyof the settlement the or Owner of the — Pending of dispute,the the damaged or destroyed Work. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK specifically §12.1 Uncoveringpo of Work to the Architect's request or to requirements the Architect,be for the §12res.1.1 eIda portion of the Work is covered must,if try in the uncoveredTime. replaced at the Contractor's expense without change expressed in the Contract Documents,it if requested in writingby examine prior '— Architect's examination and P specifically requested to the to If soch lit being.2 In covered, ,the the Work has been covered that the WorkArchect i has not shall be uncoveredc an byuhe Contractor.adjustment to § reed Architect may request to see such and it by to its cov ` 32 Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Contractor$ 1961,1963,19ss,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The AIA Document to of r h 2017.Copyright©sere 1915, 1918,1925,1937,1951, U.S. 0,1976,1 Lain and International Treaties, portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal and will e Document,or any AIA software 53 ET on penalties.2018 under Order be American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA".Document is protected y — Init. produced by �r Order 5o) Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA`" No. prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was 1875935897 which expires on 0711 312 01 9,and is not for resale. User Notes: 1 7 the Contract Sum and Contract Time as may be appropriate.If such Work is not in accordance Documents,the costs of uncoveringthe Work, with the Contract and the cost of correction,shall be at the Contractor's expense. §12.2 Correction of Work §12.2.1 Before Substantial Completion The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,discovered before Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated,in stalled or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections,the cost of uncovering and replacement,and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. §12.2.2 After Substantial Completion §12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5,if,within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract any of the Work is found to be,not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of notice from the Owner to do so,unless the Owner has ply previously given the tractor Documents, __ g Contractor a written acceptance of such condition.The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discoveryof condition.During the one-year period for correction of Work,if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor andg the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction,the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the ive the Contractor and to make a claim`for breach of warranty.If the Contractor fails to correct nonconformingWork a seasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.5. within §12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. §12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. p rmed by the §12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. §12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction of the Owner or Separate ".4 Contractors,whether completed or partially completed,caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents.Establishment of the one- ear erio orto Y period f correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work,and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents rr may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Wor k. §12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documen ts,the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable.Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS §13.1 Governing Law The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located,excludingthatjurisdiction's 1 choice of law rules. If the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution,the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4. i ht (nit. AIA Document A201 TM_2017.Copyright 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976 1987 1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law d International Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA, Document;or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and ill 7 / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on�11/16/2018 under Order be s. No. 33 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) f 1 i §13.2 Successors and Assigns 6 § Cont selves, 13.2.1representatives The Ownersto and covenants,agreements, respectively and obligationslcontained i n the Contract Documents.Except as provided in Sectiontiv.2 2 agto the Contract o, g in`Section 13.2.2,neither party to the Contrsl tnment without such consent,that party whole tthout written consent ofshall nevertheless remain other.If either party attempts to make an assignment legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. The Owner may,without consent of the Contractor,assign the Contract to a lender providing Contractiing construction Documents. §financinga.2.2I for the Project,if the lender assumes the Owner's rights and obligations The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate the assignment. §13.3 Rights and Remedies ti §13.3.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,rights,and remedies otherwise imposed or available — by law. §13.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner,Architect,or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action ti d upon int writing.constitute approval of or acquiescence in a -- breach thereunder, except as may be specifically g §13.4 Tests and Inspections §13.4.1 Tests,inspections,and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents l ers of h . and by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, des rules,and regulations e i forh tests inrdersiofpublld authorities. Unless otherwise provided,the Contractor shallro riate public approvals,and independnt testrelated ng costsof tests,iry nspections, r entity spec ons,and approvals.Thetable to the e Contractor shall give the Architect authority,and shall bear all be made so atpresent for such "—' purely notice Thee when and wheear costs re tests f tesinst,inspections,ections are or approvals that not become requements until after procedures. e Owner shall b after bids are received or negotiations concludes Ther Owner regulati nsshall so require.arrange and pay for tests,inspections,or approvals where building codes or applicable 1 rk 13.4.2'If the Architect,Owner,or public authorities having u isd ctionn .detethe Archrmine itect t portions ills of the wr written aauthorizationrequire dditional testing, inspection,or approval not included under authorization from the Owner,instruct the C and the Contractor shal1r to make ts g give timely additional to thet inspection, Architect of or approval,by an entity acceptable to the Owner, when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. costs,except as provided in Section 13.4.3,shall be at the Owner's expense. §13.4.3 If procedures for testing,inspection,or approval under Sections 13.4.1 and 13.4.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents,all costs made necessary by such failure,including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and .-. expenses, — , shall be at the Contractor's expense. §13.4.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection,or approval shall,unless otherwise required by the Contract .. Documents,be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. §13.4.5 If the Architect is to observe tests,inspections,or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the >� §13.4.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid Architect will do so promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing. — 1 unreasonable delay in the Work. §13.5 Interestte the rate Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from oeatom yme ment titis sme adue st the place •� the parties agree upon in writing or,in the absence thereof,at the legalrate prevailing where the Project is located. AIA Document A201 rM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The 34 Init. portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be der No. t American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. 1 18 1 This AIA Document is protected by U S Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized rosec ted to reproduction or extentnps o this rAthe law.T into cu any � prosecuted the maximum possible under the This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16I2018 under B9ADA5D) �-- 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT §14.1 Termination by the Contractor §14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,thei Q other persons or entities performing portions of the Work, for any of'the following reasons: .1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authorityhaving r agents or employees, or any --� stopped; jurisdiction that requires all Work to be .2 An act of national emergency,government, such as a declaration of stopped; y, that requires all Work to be 3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section Y nt and has not because the Owner n t made payment on a Certificate for Pa 4 The Owner has tailed to furnishat to P Contractor r 9.d in theo because the Owner has not Payment within the time stated Contract Documents;or rreasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2. §14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if,through no act or fault Sub-subcontractor,2TheCn Contagentsractor or employees,or any,other persons repeated suspensions, delays, interruptions of the entire Work bythe of the performing Contractor,a Subcontractor,a r r the ns del s,m ore thaninto pt00 percentnsf p ns or entities as described d Secns ioof the Work, in constitute tein Owner as duledif r in Section 10 1 365-dayperiod;whichever is less. the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120 days §14.1.3 Hone the reasons described in Section 14.1-1 or 14.1.2 exists,the ContractorY notice to the e ofth anddesArchitect,to as well as reasonableOwnrnd and profit ge the therC not Contract and recover and from the Ownerpaymentmay, forn seven exec' Owner Work executed, -� erred by reason of such termination. §14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days Subcontractor,coed-subcontractor, or their agents or employees or any portions theac ,Work because the Owner hasr repeatedlygntsorf • Y through no ter oo fault of the Contractor,a Documentsportions of withrespect beta matters important to the progress of the Work,other persons obligations entities performing the Contract failed to fulfill the Owner's Contractor myundernseventhe adition Sects notice to the Owner and the Architect,terminate the Contract and recover Says'n tics totov fromct e may,upon id ddnitional from the Owner as provided in §14.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause §14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor •1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supplymakepayment enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; to Subcontractors or suppliers in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors or suppliers; .3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes ,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of a public authority;or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Con§14.2.2 When any of the reasons described in Section 14.2.1 exist,and upon certification tract Documents. §14.2.2nt cause exists h justify such ribed, the Owner ma Owicir and after ruin jny theh sor Architectm that giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety,without prjudice to any other rights or remedies of the of the Contractor and may,subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and t if any,seven days'notice,terminate employment construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; eke possession of all materials,equipment,tools,and .2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4;and .3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner of theW the Owner sha furnish may edient. to the Contractor a detailed aceem counting of Upon the costs request inclined Contractor,by the Owner inner finishing un Work. §14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the r not be entitled to receive further areasons stated in Section 14.2.1,the Contractor shall p yment until the Work is finished. § 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, `� expressly hi waived,such excess aall b paid tn the cry ta If other costs the sincerk,including compensaation for and and damagesa incurred e the Owner dad not Init. AK Document A201 TN—2017 Co and American Institute of Architects,All Copyright ht© exceed the unpaidbalance, 9 1911,1915 1918,1925,1937,1951,1958, 1961,1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987, 1997,2007ernat and Tr b The N.,' s rights i distribution reserved.s A1A WARNING:This MA' Document is protected / prosecuted Unauthorized the reproductiontum extent Document,or anymay 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. by U.S.Coy possible under the law.This document was produced byCopyright LawT and International d N portion of it, result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be User Notes: A►A software at 11:38:5335 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. (3B9ADA5D) and this obligation r or payment shall " ference to the Owner.The amount to paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case — me Contractor shall pay the difference may be,shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker,upon application, survive termination of the Contract. the Work,in 1—.§14.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 94.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor det rrrtinewriting to suspend, interrupt delay or whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may — c eas Contract Sum sdaimnc fit.No §14.3.2n The delay,or Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by Contr delay,or interruption under Section 14.3.1. Adjustmentted,by another cause suspension, delayed,or interrupted, �- adjustment shall be made to the extent .1 that performance is,was,or would have been,so suspended, of the Contract. for which the Contractor is responsible;or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision 14.4 Termination by the Owner for Convenience § may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and withou c Contractor §14.4.1 The Owner ause. of notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the — §14.4.2 Upon receipt — shall the Owner in the notice; rotection and preservation of the Work; _ .1 cease operationsons anecessary, ry,or that the Owner may direct,for the p 2 take actionsnecessary, and erformed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, _ 3 except for Work existing subcontracts to p and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and terminate.all "" purchase orders. •tion for the Owner's convenience,the Owner shall pay the Contractor for Work §14.4.3 In case of such termination costs attributable totermination of — properly set forth in the Agreement. executed;costs incurred by reason of the termination,including Subcontracts;and the termination fee,if any, ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES §15.1 Claims t payment of money,a change in ! — §15.1.1 Definition one of the parties seeking,as a matter of right,p Y theA Claimn is'at demandio or assertion by act.The term"Claim" also includes other out of or the Contract.The Contract Time. s other question with en the Owner and Contractor arespect to the terms of the rising ng out This relatingtn to the does not require uestionbetparty making the CI disputes and matters in q theresponsibility t file substantiate Claims leliquida liquidated damages in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner to a Claim in order to imposeout of or — 1e.1.2 Time Limits on Contractor shall otherwise,to e otherarising the d § Claims commence all Claims and c causes of o co on against the other and iod specified by The Owner and Agreement and accordance the with p related m the of the din disputeher in` resolution contract,tort,methodto of w n of the Work.The aleta but inbinding rese than years after the date of bstantial Completion with the Worion 15.1.2. requirements case not more than applicable law,but in any Owner and Contractor waive all Claims and causes of action not commencedmac eyed — §15.1.3 Notice of Claims where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered to — 15.1.3.1 to.1 Claims either Owner orr Contractor,noft to the Architect,if the Architect is not serving s after prioro expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2,shall be initiated y the other party and to the .Initial Decision Maker with a copy sentin the condition the Initial Decisiono Maker.Claims by either party under this Section 15.1.3.1 shall be initiated within ce of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes occurrence giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later. 1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The 36 1951,1958,1961,1963,1966, ri ht Law and international Treaties.1N—tecs.Arightsht©s911,1915, 1918,1925,1937, U.S.CapY AIA Document A201 portion of it,may result in savers civil and criminal penalties,and willbe Init. " n or distribution of this AiA`'Document'or any f A software n seat 11:38:53 ET o i 11l penalties, s,under l No. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING: This AM' was producedDocument is protectedby by (gg9ADA5D) Unauthorized reproduction imum extent possible under the law. ' prosecuted which the exmpires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. 1875935897 exp User Notes: WM §15.1.3.2 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor,where the condition giving rise to after expiration of the period for correction of the other party.In such event,no decision by the Initial Decision Maker is required. the Claim is first discovered Work set forth in Section 12.2.2, shall be initiated by notice to the � §15.1.4 Continuing Contract Performance §15.1.4.1 Pending final resolution of a Claim,except as otherwise agreed inwriting or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall &�' continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. §15.1.4.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted in accordance decision,subject to the right of either party to proceed in accordance with this Article 15.The Architect will issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decision of the Initial Decision with the Initial Decision Maker's §15.1.5 Claims for Additional Cost Maker. If the Contractor wishes to make a Clain for an increase in the Contract Sum, shall be given before proceeding to execute the portion of the Work that is the subject of not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 P p arising underh Section 1Prior notice is tye §15.1.6 Claims for Additional Time §15.1.6.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time Section 15.1.3 shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay,only one Claim ' notice as provided in i §15.1.6.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additionals necessary. documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the been reasonably anticipated, and had an adverse effect on the scheduled time,such Claim shall be period of time,could not have construction. §15.1.7 Waiver of Claims for Consequential Damages The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential dam this Contract. This mutual waiver includes 1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses,for losses of use, gcom es 'sing out of or relating to business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity such persons;and e,profit,financing, .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including theary or of the services of personnel stationed there,for losses of financing business and reputation,and for except anticipated profit arising g compensation of directly from the Work, loss of profit, This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential in accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.7 shall be deemedpreclude sessment of liquidated damages, when applicable,in accordance with the requiremedamages due to either parry's termination of the Contract Documents m §15.2 Initial Decision 111.' §15.2.1 Claims,excluding those where the condition giving rise to the the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2 or arisingand er be referred to the Initial Decision Maker initial decision. The Architect is first discovered after expiration of unless otherwise to t e indicated in the Maker for Except for those Claims excluded will serve the Initial 10 Decision nd 11.5 shall •� ct serve as Maker 1 decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim. If rendered within 30 days after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decisionded b an y this Section 15.2.1,an initial Claim may demand mediation and binding dispute resolution without a decision havingaaal decision has not been Citial mDecisiemand and all affected pabinding dispute the Initial p a been eprenrty asserting Ugess Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. been rendered. Unless the Decision Maker will not decide disputes between the ..11. §15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of j more o.2 the following actions: (1)request additional supporting Y the receipt of a Claim take one or from the other data from the claimant or a response with supporting data advise the parties (2)he Initial Claim n Maker or in pan,(3)approve the Claim, (4)suggest ""► lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or the Initial a compromise, oaim o if the n the Decision ifthe Initial Ludes Maker Decision Maker concludes that,in the Init. AIA Document A201 TM_Y017.Co pyri ht American Document Aitute of Architects.All rights reserved, 15,, 1918, 81 This AIA,; 951,198 is 1961,1 9 1911,191 WARNING:19 This AW Document 1958, protected 1c63,19by U U.S.70,Co 1976,yrig Law Ind International and 2 Treaties.17 by The Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this ArA"Document;or any wit I prosecuted the maximreproduction extent 50tion under the tDo Document, This document was produced by It inseer #aertic r�of it,may result severe civil atnd crimidiat penalties,and will be pro187s935897ecuted towhich expires on extent 01 possible,and is not for resale. User Notes: AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 1 111 6/2 0 1 8 under Order No. 37 (3B9ADA5D) Initial Decision Maker's sole discretion,it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim. ith or seek special knowledge or expertise who may assistu the Initial 15.2.3 evaluating Claims,the Initial Decision Makerc may,but shall not be obligated to,consult w ize retention of informationn n from either end partyn or from persons witha s e Decision Maker in rendering a decision.The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize such persons at the Owner's expense. ... party toprovide a response to a Claim or to furnish additionalprovide a v..- supporting If the Initial suchal Decision Maker requests a p tY ereqsupporting a data, party shall respond,within ten daysinftealrDecslon Maker when the response or supp g res po sedata, advise the supportingdata will be furnished.Upon .� response one the i requested or supporting (2) the Claim data,if any,the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve data will be furnished,or(3)advisethe Initial Decision Maker that no receipt of the response or supporting in whole or in part. Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim,or indicating di state g that — \ be in writing;( ) the Initial The Initial as the Initial state the Initial therefor;efision Maker is f the. ao 1esoand the Architect ifithe a Architect is notls ig as ee final and bi ioing n reasons ofan and in3)notify:the part Maker,of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both.The initial decision on the parties but subject to mediation and,if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation,to binding dispute resolution. file for mediation of an initial decision at any time,subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1. §15.2.6 Either party may... the partyreceivingn the fans to file inr Either partymay,within 30 days from the date of receipt of an initial decision,demand in writing t t e §15,r par rights to demande orit pursue binding meothdi party tile for mediation.aft.if ceh a demand is made both andparties waive their rib _ mediation within 30 days after receipt thereof, to llieinitial decision. dispute resolution proceedings with respect surety,if the Contractor,the Owner may,but is not obContracto gated to,notify the the Owner any.of the the event of a Claim againstepossibility of a and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. any,of nature and amount of the Claim.if the Claim relates to a the surety .., may,but is not obligated to,notify asserting such Claim may proceed in en,the 15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of the lien notice or filing deadlines. §ccordartce with applicable law to comply §15.3 Mediationout of or related to the Contract,except those §1 waived as provided disputes,or other 9.10.4,in9 controversy.5, arising for in Sections 9.10.5,and 15.1.7,shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent as provided to binding dispute resolution. "' mutually agree 15.3.2 The parties shall`endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which,unless the parties §ot shall be administered by the American Arbitration Ahe date of the smenttion in accordancect formediation i shall be madectioin Industry , writing, Mediationthe Procedurestin too effect Contract,and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation. writing,delivered to the other party dispute but,in such event, be made concurrently with the filing of binding ispute resolution which shall proceedings but,in sch The is ionst may period bye agreement ay pending the �' mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution p pursuantfiling,to this Section r a longer,the parties may nonetheless proceed mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of unless stayed for a p parties or court order.If an arbitration is stayed a schedule for later proceedings. to the selection of the arbitrator(s)and agreeupon disputed ut 1 3e orr party may,wrth in 30 days from the date that mediation has bee e odncluded w thoand to so un ong of the t 60 days after mediationd ut resolution.If such a demand is resolution made and the party receiving the demand fails to other party filen for binding P ins dispute resolution within 60 days after receipt thereof,then both parties waive their rights to binding file for binding P dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. 1963,1�66,197�,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The 3E TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961, ,1 Law and International Treaties.AIA Document A201 u t is it,rt led by in civil criminal ernationa tie . Init. portionproducedf it,mayy Ae software in severe a civil and ET 11/16/2018palunder.and willl No. American Institutee of Architects. All stri9hhctilon orvhis.AtA�i"310 WARNING: or anyyDcument protected U.S.Copyright Unauthorized osec led to pe ( Order o. -- I prosecuted the maximumexpires on 07l13I2019�anid is forresale This document was 1875935897 which User Notes: wal §15.3.4 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. §15. where the Project is halocated,the unlmedssia anoor's ee locatiand any is mutuallyigfees mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in anyThe mediation shall be held in the agreed upon.Agreements reached in §15.4 Arbitration court having jurisdiction thereof. §15.4.1 If the parties have selected arbitration as the meth Claim subjectf the tabust hate d method for binding dat puteon resolution in the Agreement,anyy otherwise, be by the Arbitration by,mediation shall be subject to arbitration which,unless the parties mutual agreeeetot Arbitration shall b e in administeredeffsct on the het,American c A Arbitration Thei where is located,unless another date e of isAssociation Arbitration hallacc b con uch its the place madee the Project mall be for arbitration in the piece writing,delivered to the othermutually agreed upon. ring the e in n. The party party to the Contract,and filed with the person or entity art filinga notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand arbitration shall be that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. __ e demand all Claims]then elm known to media§15.4.1.1 A demand for arbitration shall be made no earlier than concurrently me the diation, burin no event shall it be made after the date when the incun- ion,b t in barred byutution of le ate filing of a request for written demand for arbitration by tthe he applicable statute of limitations.For statute lof limitations pl or urposes, proceedings receiptb of a legal or equitable proceedings based on rson or theClaim.entity administering the arbitration shall constitute the institution of a.. §15.4.2 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators §15.4.2 with law incourtshall be final,and judgment any having jurisdiction thereof. � gment may be entered upon it in § 15.4.3 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements duly consented to t h thereof. patties to the A is to arbitrate with an additional having Agreement,shall be specifically enforceable under applicableperson or entity law in any court §15.4.4 Consolidation or Joinder §15.4.4.1 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association party may consolidate an of the merictnd under this A that(1) reetor other applicable arbitration to arbitration agreementAgreement with anyrules,either -- provided e consolidated(1 the arbitration involve co governing otheronsolidation to which itist a io similar procedural iaed rules and methods for o the s ofl arbitration andpermits( consolidation, 2e party moron questions law or fact 3 selecting arbitrator(s). Otte arbitrations employdarbitrations r §15.4.4.2 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Associatioron materially party may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in aot common u presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitrationher applicable arbitration rules,either consents in writing to such joinder. Consent to arbitration involvingquestion of law or fact whose constitute r toarbitration uch provided persont ho poi sought consent. e an additionalueiontdesobedtnyhew be joinedany claim,dispute or other matter in question not described in the written §15.4.4.3 The Owner.and Contractor grant to any whether b person or entity made a Owner and Contractor under this Agreement consolidation the same ri part Y to an arbitration conducted under milt this Section 15.4 gate of joinder and consolidation as those of the i 1 t 7 Init. va Document g201 rM_ American Institute of Architects. Copyright DocUnauthorized reproduction 7 rights 1911,1915, 1918,1925,1937, 1951,1958,s protected c U, 1970,Copyright La7 prosecuted to the maximumof this AtA=WARNING:This AK' Document is 18759358 rep expires on r distribution xtent and is not forsresale.De tinient,or anyesI by se ere mina,penalties, a and,a1 d b User Notes: This document was produced of it,may result in pYri9tst Law and International Treat e produced by AIA software at 11 38f 53 ET l and criminal peratties and tviPT be on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 39 (3B9ADA5D) L I L L L L i ti� 1 I 1 i ARTICLE GENERAL CONDITIONS 15.1. SCOPE The following Supplementary General Conditions shall I b Conditions and they shall take precedence over any statements of the AIA documents. The expand the re article and pa a General paragraph of d the General Conditions which the supplementary statements refer to is so noted. 7 ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS "1 1.1.1 .THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS i Delete the last sentence of paragraph 1.1.1., and replace with the following: 14! The Contract Documents also include the bidding requirements (Advertisement to Bid, Notice to II Instructions to Bidders). Unless specifically enumerated in the agreements, the Contract sample forms and the Contractor's Bid. Bidders and Documents do not include 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT Add the following new language as Subparagraph 1.1.2.1: 7 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner not sign all the Contract Documents the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents. No Contract shall be both formed between the parties until all Contract Documents are executed by or Contractor or both do parties 7 ARTICLE 2 OWNER 1 2.1 GENERAL add the following: Owner shall mean CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA. ai 2.3 INFORMATION AND SERVICES RE UIRED OF THE OWNER Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 2.3.4: ""r The Contractor shall compare information furnished by the Owner(including surveys and soil tests with observable 1 physical conditions) and the Contract Documents and on the basis of such review, shall report to the Owner and additional costs, delays and Architect any conflicts, errors or omissions. Contractor shall be responsible for any „� damages resulting from the Contractor's failure to immediately report any such errors, inconsistencies or om issions. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1.1.1. DEFINITIONS 1 All references to the "Contractor" etc., in this specification shall mean the prime .o, included as part of the prime Contractor's work if it occurs in the specifications issued under the scope of p General Contractor and shall be Contractor's work, unless specifically stated otherwise. See "Supplementary Instructions documents under the prime Contractor's work. p the prime to Bidders" 3.1.5. for 7 PROJECT#19-23770 S.G.C. 1Page 1 i i 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 1 Add the following new language to the end of Paragraph 3.2.1: L resents that all Contract Documents for the Project have been examined; including those The Contractor also represents intended for work of trades not normally performed by the Contractor's own forces, and that it has become to or affect the Work under the Contract. t.. thoroughly familiar with all conditions which may pertain 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 3.4.1: Work required by the Contract Documents to be perf o m d after Ownering hours or work the Contractor elects to perform after hours shall be completed at no additionalti.. 3.4.1.1. MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS Al l manufactured articles,materials,and equipment shall be applied,installed,connected, erected,used,cleaned and ns conditioned as directed by the manufacturer. Manufacturer's the more restrictivelorequirementghall belmet. shall govern, � unless these specifications are in conflict, in which case Add the new Paragraph 3.4.4 which reads as follows:Contr �.. perform the Work so as to cause a minimum of inconvenience to for the interruption performanceuptiootof he etOWork operations. c or shall operations. Any and all interruptions of the operations of the Owner necessary the sufficient advance \ shall be noted in the progress schedule and the Contractor o operations onsl atc�ordingly.nally eContrOactorrs failure to give the .,. notice of such interruption as to allow the Owner to adjustp resultingdelays or additional costs solely Owner timely notice of such intentions shall place the responsibility of any with the Contractor. 3.5.1.1. RESPONSIBILITY protecting the work completed until such The General Contractor by theassume Owner responsibility Each Contractor is responsible for his/her own work. time as final acceptancey 3.6.1. TAXES As this is a tax-exempt entity,the Contractors are not required to pay sales axn dingax ona teems only that do not It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and their Subcontractors to pay sales become part of the realty being constructed. • Examples Include: •barricades • building equipment* • compressors • cranes • drill press • dynamite • electric generators • forms • fuel • hand tools • lathes • lodging • machinery* • pile drivers • replacement parts for equipment• scaffolds • stakes • tools •utilities •vehicles, including grading,lifting and excavating vehicles • q �' warning lights • rather than becoming part of real property * Machinery or other equipment that remain tangible personal property ma be purchased by the contractor tax free for resale. However, it must be separately itemized and transferred to y the exempt entity. . : The rental of construction equipment for use on in c n ctio wIo a ith newsals or conste ax.n, reconstruction, alteration, expansion or remodeling of a building or structureis Certain construction-related equipment is not subject to local option tax but remains subject to the state sales tax. ,Irmo Rule 701-107.9 for details. tion certificate. The The Owner will provide to thtlxe e citemsl contractor the t Subcontractors.required authorization letter and exemp Contractor shall then forward Page 2 PROJECT#19-23770 S.G.C. _ i1 1 1 mii 3.7.1.1. CONSTRUCTION PERMITS "The Contractor" referred to in this para ra Electrical, and any Subcontractor's costs. g ph shall mean the General Contractor including the Mechanical 3.7.2.1. BUILDING CODE All construction under this contract shall conform to the requirements of the local authority. 7 International Building Code 2015 and/or currently adopted State of Iowa Code as adopted followed shalld bpe strictly followed. Local Planning and Zoning regulations, ordinances and r he provisions of the followed as adopted. p and amended by the local requirements shall be 3.7.2.2. E UAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment creed, color, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, age orphysical Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are em I p yment because of race, ,� during employment without regard to their race,creed, color, religion, nati al or mental disability. The mental disability exceptwit where its relates a bona occupational religion, qualification.loanr that employees or physicalhe treated but not be limited to the following: fideorigin,sex,age or or — recruitment advertising; layoff or termination;(rates of pa or other forms of compensation;ch action shall include upgrading, demotions or transfer;and selection or training,including apprenticeship. selection for (2) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the y Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, creed, color, religion, national origin, sex, age or physical or mental disability except where a bona fide occupational qualification. it relates to ,,� (3) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding a notice advising the labor representative of the Contractor's commitments under this nondiscrimination clause a shall post c a collective notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. union or workers' " copies of the (4) The Contractor will comply with all relevant provisions of the Iowa Civil Rights Act of Iowa Executive Order#15 of 1973, Federal Executive Order 11246 of 1965 Order 11375 of 1967, the Equal Employment O1965 as amended, '� provisions relevant to6 , the Equal m. asand amendedll by Federal Executive Opportunity Act of 1972, all federal, state and local (5) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination with any of the aforesaid rules, regulations or requests, this contract may be cancelled, r "`� ion clauses of this contract or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further contracts Owner. In addition, the Owner or institutions may take such further action, and such othersanctions may e imposed and remedies invoked, as provided by the Iowa Civil Rights Act of 1965 as amended, with the 4.". Code of Iowa 1973,as heretofore and hereafter amended or as otherwise provided bylaw. may be Chapter 601A, i (6) The Contractor will include the provisions of purchase order unless specifically exempted by the Owparagraphs e, inlac accordance with the rules and regulations •+ the Owner, so that such provisions will be binding on each Subcontra) gorh hereof in every subcontract and the wnh ,action th t su respect to anyControf Subcontractor or p and vendor. Theo the author zed representative thereof, may direct as a purchase order as the Owner or the authorized noncompliance. means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for Alirif i PROJECT#19-23770 S.G.C. Page 3 — 3.7.5 Delete 3.7.5 in its entirety and substitute with the following: encounters and recoSnizes human remains, burial markers,r If, in the bursa of the Work, the Contractor kn and shall notify the Owner and olo ical sites or previously undelineated wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor archeological any operations that would affect them to obtainOwergovernmental Architect. pon immediately suspend htl take any action necessary Architect. Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promp y �. \\ uired to resume the operations. The Contractor lcnsi that suspend do not suchtoperations s til otherwisehr authorization required or instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all otheroperations features. -11 Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contre acts Time aris ed si Art o e the existence or S od fart belief o of such existence of such remains or features may be m Add a new Paragraph 3.7.6 which reads as follows: inspections related to the performance of its Work and ensuring Work ... The Contractort isi responsible for scheduling p contractor including all Architectural and Engineering Services y iscomplete for inspections. Any costs associated with reinspection caused by irregularities, deficiencies or non- pI conforming Work will be borne by the responsible 1 related to evaluation of the problem and development of an acceptable solution. ... 3.8. ALLOWANCES add Paragraph 3.8.4 as follows: See Division I-012100 Allow es for individual items for material allowances. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION&SUBMITTAL SCHEDULES by the Owner or Paragraph 3.10.1, after the last word in paragraph, "Project," "or as and add the words, requested — Architect". 3.10.2:Delete the last sentence of 3.10.2 so that the section nowtreads e beins lg awarded the Contract and thereafter as �. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare a submittal schedule promptly y for the Architect'sih apprevas necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, and shall submit the schedule(s) be Architect'sl. approval shall not unreasonably be delayed or withheld. dd allow he eArc submittal itect reasonablelschedule shall atoll review The P ( ) coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule, submittals. .— \ Add a new paragraph 3.13.1 which shall read as follows: a tier or anyone else for whom the Contractor is The Contractor shall not bring or permit any subcontractor, s pp responsible,to bring on the site any asbestos,PCB's petroleum,hazardous waste or radioactive materials(except for proper use in performing the Work). r ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT 4.1.1.1. ARC_ HITECT Architect shall mean the firm of ISG,Inc.,314 East 4th Street,Waterloo,Iowa 50703-4704. 4.2.2.1. RE UIRED OBSERVATIONS the Architect at certain stages of Throughout the plans and specifications, observations are called for by The Contractor may not cover the work and to do so will require removal ior of allhe work overin to the construction. ll have to worked withbe i the The Contractor Architect agreel s to fy the the site withinthat time, or the Contractor may proceed proceed the work. The the work if the Architect fails to do so. See Division I-014000. Page 4 S.G.C. PROJECT#19-23770 7 1 4.2.15. EXTRA SERVICE OF THE ARCHITECT If due to the neglect or fault of the Contractor damage is done to any existing building or grounds or work in place so that additional work is caused the Architect over and above his normal duties or if the contract time specified by more than 25%, it shall be the Contractor's responsibili to reimburse services of the Architect caused by the Contractor's neglect or work. This charge is based on plus .mileage at the time tewo-andceeds-one-half thf times the per hour rate for draftsmen and principals, current the Owner for these extra inspection services. IRS rate. See 017700 for additional 1 ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS i i 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS Amend Paragraph 5.2.1, Lines 1-2 by deleting the words: ` OF THE WOE l inserting in lieu thereof: ofs soon as practicable after award of contract" and within ten(10)days after the award contract". 5.2.1.1. AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS No payments will be approved until Subcontractors and suppliers list has been submitted and approved. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1.5. WORK NOT INCLUDED All items herein specifically stated as being by Contractor's work, and all items designated N.I.C. orr"by othersthan thisc on he drawings areontractor or byrn t ao are not included in the work. part of this Contractor's IllARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS "7 Add paragraph 7.2.2 as follows: I r The form used to process a change order will be on AIA Document G701. "'T Add the following subparagraph 7.2.3: 7.2.3 The forms used to process a Change Order will include AIA Document r Add the following to subparagraph 7.3.2: G701 Change Order. ", and upon prior written approval of the Owner." ARTICLE 8 TIME j 8.1 DEFINITIONS Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 8.1.2: "or the date of the Notice to Proceed, whichever occurs Delete Subparagraph 8.1.4 and substitute the following Subparagraph: . • 8.1.4 The term"Day"as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar da Y PROJECT#19-23770 S.G.C. Page 5 1 8.1.5.DATE OF ENCLOSURE t "date of enclosure" shall mean the date agreed to by all prime Contractors,the Owner and Architect w en The term the building will be enclosed, sealed from the weather,and the heating system operable. ' 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 1...Add the following language to the end of Paragrap h 8.3.1: - Owner's separate contractors (collectively "Owner ... A time extens ion shall be Contractor's sole remedy and compensation for all such delays other than those resultinh CausedArch oin the acts or . Fo negligence of the Owner,u the the, or thes Delays"). For proven Owner Caused Delays,the Contractor may recoup the actual costs resulting from s y delays,but not for any additional profit or fee. 'i` Add the following subparagraph 8.3.1.1 WORK DURING COLD WEATHER: project through cold byfreezing and od During cold The Contractorner it will not robe ect requiredlwork otfrom freezing,tetc. Any work damaged k on freezing n thawingh in willl ►.. weather. edandreplacedbyltl protect all ontractor responsible. No time extension weather or shut records. I be removed the substantiate unusual prolonged extreme weather beby allowed weather,unless the Contractor can substantiate k ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION limr 9.2.1. SCHEDULE OF VALUES '. with each major line item identified by the spec after contract award, a Schedule of Values hall be submitted. The Schedule of Values shallL e Withinedc days listed according to the specification sections herein within divisions section number including mechanical, electrical, technology, food service and any/all major subcontractors. l s after submitting the Schedule of ... of major products or operations under the item. Each item Within 10 day further shall be subdivided for materitcos _ sub-valuesand labor cost listed separately. Values, theh shipping and Contractor shall sums,by month,for the duration of the prole Values, prime submit a schedule of payment 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Add the following paragraphs: ro payment, the Contractor shall submit �- 9.3.1.3 At least thirty (30) days before the date established for each progress lest in accordance with the schedule of for Payment for operations comp to the Architect an itemized Application by such data substantiating the Contractor's 4 application shall be notarized, if required, and supported right Suchay portionof fromoe Subcontractors until some right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require,esuOc�e�copiesretam a requisitions SubcoeaacOnce the ng P y fumture e time,i the If the ContractrPayment Documents requirepercentage and the amount to be retained. d.to the CITY Applicationpure the Applicationv forrA shall clearly ication forr Payment must be submitted for approval is approved by the Architect,the Application OF WATERLOO,IOWA at the regularly scheduled office in a timely manner for it to be included in that meeting's The application must be received at the City Clerk scheduled business. lication for Payment and has caner shall approve payment with Contractor to receive payment by the 15`"day of the After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment on a timely received pp released it to the Owner,the following month. — 1. Until Substantial Completion,the Owner will pay ninety-five percent(95%)of the amount ue the Contractor on account of Progress Payments,(5%)retainage. Page 6 S.G.C. •— PROJECT#19-23770 k 1 19.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION I 9.5.3 Delete in its entirety. j 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.4:Delete the first two sentences of 9.6.4 so that 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligatis on follows: Subcontractor, except as may otherwise be re wire Add a new Paragraph 9.6.9 which shallq d by law g n to pay or to see to the payment of money to a read as follows: Payment to the Contractor will be made 41 available. by the Owner from cash on hand from such sources as m mat9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION may be legally Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 9.8.1: subject, only to completion of minor r the r's intended used f the minor pt.nch list items, the absence of completion of which does n Add subparagraph 9.8.5.1 as follows: not interfere with 9.8.5.1 Request for Early Release of Retainage Funds: Upon achieving Substantial Completion, as defined b the releaseof all or part the retainageby Iowa Code Chapter 26, the Contractor may Retainage Funds shall be accompanied g funds being I Release of the Funds a come was givenatom held on the ten formallygthee panied byJ The Contractors'request for Release of the sworn statement that ten (10) calendar days foronReleasr istheFunds known subcontractors, subsubcontractors an Contractor, requesting the early release of retainage Y prior to filing Request the whichever theesO except wner will l release all may retain the folio • g finxt nIf proper per documentation is aecesuppliers ped rfromt the g funds at the next monthly council meeting or within thirty(30)days, following: +� a) b n amount equal to 200%of the value of labor or materials 0 y the Owner and its authorized contract representative. yet to be provided on the Project as determined by the means the o of record the Project, unless b) An amount representative" to of the value of anyonn p otherwisees of section, . ned of Release of Retainage is approved. authorized contract Chapter 573 claims curren ly o pacified. If the Owner withholds an amount from the retainage file at the time the Re the requestRequest is being denied to the Contractor within thirty(30)paym nt t the Contractor, the Owner will request. a reason Add a new Paragraph (30)calendar days of the receipt of the g ph 9.8.6 which shall read as follows: The Contractor shall reimburse the "'� Contractor's failure to finally complete the Work within sixty for any Documents for Project Substantial Completion. Architect's additional services made necessary by the (60) days after the date specified in the Contract Add subparagraph 9.8.6.1 as follows: 1 Unless otherwise required b Unless completion and final uiacred by Ioe wa law, Final Payment shall eq beit released no earlier than thin y the Owner of all Work required bythe � thirty-one (31) days after Contract. PROJECT#19-23770 S.G.C. Page 7 I r. 1 R 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT ATERLOO, ara ra h 9.10.6 to Paragraph 9.10: the CITY OF W Add 9.10.6Subparagraph Final g p days following approval by 573 Claim not receipt of all Lien Waiver subjectto the or Chaptercondit 5 3 and in '` \\. Final payment will be made council l meeting, documents, and IOWA Council at a regularly scheduledrequired closeout Chapter 26. Releases, Sales Tax information, and all other req Chapter 573 and Iowa Code I provisions of Iowa Code y accordance with the p ti,. a the Owner for any extra Add paragraph 9.10.7 shall be liable for and shall p y l Contractorieringor a the Contractor'suralservices, co, ift any, required by the date of Final Completion 9.10.7 The construction observation services and related expenses necessitated ta the ,.. architectural the costs for engineeringthe Contractor beyond to the Owner causedby Agreement.by the delayed S Such costs in the work a penalty, but represent additional expenses costs are no way p t Contractor's delay in completing the Work. �.• ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY shall relieve the Contractor of any obligations �- ACT Nothi.1. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY &the drawings to the contrary and Health Act as pertains to this herein specified, to currentown on S Nothingrequirementsor of the Occupational Safety f concerning conformance to to the act or "' project. suffers injury or damage to person propertywithin a s written noticeda of the damagenor to the property duer parr Please note the o hSe par 10.2.8 t party mu if either st provide �,,_ ! omission of the other party,the injured after discovery)• reasonable time of the discovery(not to exceed 21 days 10.3. 1.1. HAZARDOUS WASTE OR TOXIC SUBSTANCES (1) Friable Asbestos No friable asbestos work of any nature is included in this contract. Concealed Hazardous or Toxic Substances ~ (2) site. N 1 exist on the project If during the c toxic construction this knowingly work involving friable asbestos, or hazardous or toxic ndthe Owner `� complete investigation, If during the construction of project, 1 accordance with any solelyresponsible for selection Bred the Owner or the Owner's representative shall be notified immediately withs his or forcescuntpartiesionand separate contract shall be appropriate licensed his own or by p removal and disposition of the lations_ble asbestos hazard bytrims and costs incurred in and all applicable laws and reg responsible lsite.a nd costs i Architect isrr notdefending toxic substances discovered at the project ot The indicated in the contract i Th e Architect and Contractor shall b indemnified and held harmless from c specifically claims based failure tozdiscover us 'any hazardous waste or toxic substances for anythe Owner,he shall make documents. .� Contractor claims that delay or additional cost hels contract documents�f such action by such the claim immediately provided elsewhere in .claim as Page 8 S.G.C. PROJECT#19-23770 i w ,9 ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS i 11.1.1.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION ..� The Contractor shall purchase and maintain Worker's CE I if required b y law: Compensation for not less than the following limits, or greater, .a State: g ter .b Applicable Federal: .c Employer's Liability: Statutory .d Injury by Disease: Statutory $500,000 per Accident 11.1.2.1 LIABILITY INSU $500,000 per Employee RANCE $500,000 Aggregate The Contractor shall Automobile Liabilitypurchase and maintain Comprehensive General imit } Insurance to cover the operations of the Contractor, (Contingent or Independent Liability Insurance and rs coverang for the Hold Harmless andd Indemnification completed > the operations contractual the C to i chid e ), product and operations Document G7he05 or the ACOpec 3.1 injury, and tesslbe sliability ted onSubcontr AlA RD 25 Certificate of Insurance For Article 3.18. Certificates shall be submitted on AIA to include the Policy shaOwner. include a statement of 30 days minimum advance notice of material change or cancellation of '� The Architect and Owner, along � insured for Ongoinwith g policy to g g Operations a to g and Products/Completed t Comple ed officers, agency Sub-Subcontractors Commercial General Liability molic and employees, shall be named as additional .,� to the additional insured. Operations on the Contractor Subcontractor's and � Y, which must be primary and noncontributory any Minimum Policy Limits: with respect .17 Com rehensive or Commercial General Liabili (including Premises-Operation;Independent Contractor's Protection;Products and Completed Operations;Broad .a Bodily Injury: sliT $1,000,000 Form Property Damage): $2,000,000 b Property Damage: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Aggregate •Mk POperations: $2,000,000 c Products and Completed Each Occurrence $2,000 000 Aggregate d Property Underground oDd Hazard Exmage pty osures,osu all provide X, C and U Coverage for Explosion, Collapse and payment. Operations coverage shall be maintained for 3 401. � .f Broad Form Property g p ty Damage coverage shall include Completed Operations. after final g General Liabilit y coverage shall contain a per project a .2 Contractual Liabili : ns. aggregate clause. Bodily Injury: $1,000 000 $2,000,000 illi+ .b Property Damage: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Aggregate $2,000,000 Each Occurrence PROJECT#19-23 770 Aggregate S.G.C. Page 9 .3 Personal Iri a with Em to ment Exclusion deleted: ,� $1,000,000 owned,non-owned and Aggregate hired vehicles): .4 Business or Commercial Automobile Liabili (including Each Person Each Occurrence j .a Bodily Injury: �" $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Each Occurrence .b Property Damage: le Limit $1,000,000 Combined Sing $1,000,000 ...... \ i .5 Umbrella Excess Polite: primary insurance L" { $3,000,000 over p the life of his procure and to maintain during specified in the ; of type and in the same amount as The Court , publicr shall either (1)n property each of his Subcontractors the to and property damage coveragepolicy.liability 0..., subcontract, hs or(2)insure the activities of his Subcontractors in his own p Y• preceding paragap of the Contractor. tools,sheds,plant,etc.,shall be the responsibility Insurance on equipment, ... 11.2.1.1 BUILDER'S RISK FOR AMOUNT OF CONTRACT insurance upon the entire work at the site thehe full Contractourrable the the Architect, "The Owner shall Thisin purchase and maintain property The Contractors and the Architect will e •- thereof. insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, value "Special" all of whom shall be named as additional insured, and shall includethe Subcontractors and sub-Subcontractors,insurance for physical loss or damage." fished a copy of the coverage at the beginning of the project. "Special" covered causes of loss, named and fern ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW win "where the Project is located" in 13.1 so that it now reads as follows: 13.1:Delete the words folio g ,.... Amend Paragraph 13.1 to read as follows: governed by the laws of the State of Iowa. 13.1 The Contract shall be g r,. Delete Subparagraph 13.5 and substitute the following Subparagraph: , 1 Payments is due d under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date the payment anndd shall beart interest due and unpaid at the rate established by Section 74A•2,Code .�• to ARTICLE 13: Add the following paragraph hts Act,the Code of - \\I 13.6 Conformance with Laws. .— provisions of the Civil Rig the Civil Rights ul f he Federale thereto by employee t applicant because Iowa race, color, 13.6.1 The Contractor shall conform Commission respectsd the rules and regThe reli Chapter 216 Civil Rightsagainst any sl of race, Iowa, sexual orientation, physical olicies and age, marital status, y or, mint ordinances,d require ... Commission. The Contractorari ancestry, discriminate Contractor sex, national origin, procedures. The Contractorinanes solshad i 1 with all applicable federal, state and local,olicies and p eS'rig Contractor shall comply IOWA p procedures, including the CITY OF WATERLOO, similar clauses in all of its subcontracts for service or materials. Page10 S.G.C. .... PROJECT#19-23770 I I i I ami i ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 15.1.2 TIME LIMITS ON CLAIMS I I +� Strike 15.1.2 in its entire i ty and substitute the following: 15.1.2. COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PE `.1 15.1.2.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: R1OD l' 1• Before Substantial Completion. As to act BeSufore l Completion,Con, anyacts or failures to act occurring applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run or to the and any y alleged of o Co acmoon shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial cause 2.7 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Pa subsequenten n al date of Final Completion g Payment, any athe relevant statute Substantial shall commence to ort.to issuanceAs to ats or failures to act of c terror p on and priou ny allegedo the finaluno frtific n for ertshali ce deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than '"� Certificate for Payment; run and any cause of action and the date of issuance of the final 3. After Final Certificate for pa of thee final for payment.As to acts or failures to act occurring cause Certificate be deemed to have accrued jany applicable statute of limitations h II commence to nafter the relevant an ofnd issuance act allegedr failure cs to act actionby shall actcor or ion the Work ore Contractorn correct atge Workn bymany providedano all e and not later than the date of any topursuant to any Warranty under Section 3.5, the f actual commission of any other act or failure to whichever occurs last. the Contractor under Section 12.2, date of any 1tef perform any duty or obligation by the ContractoreoraOwn Delete Paragraph 15.1.7 in its entirety. Owner, 15.2.1.1 INITIAL DECISION MAKER The initial decision maker shall be the project architect or, designated at the beginning of the project. in their absence, another employee of Delete Paragraph 15.2.6.1 in its entirety. ISG, INC ..� Delete Paragraph 15.3.1 in its entiret y and substitute the following: 15.3.1. ."1 This Contractor further a sut Contractors Subcontractor s to include a similar ppliers and/or fabricators who providing med�are pro on ion in all agreements with independent 7g work for this Contractor for this project. "' 1 Mat 011111 PROJECT#19-23770 S.G.C. Page 11 L. 1 L. L 1� L L L i__ L L i L L L. L L ..� SECTION 011000— SUM MARY PART 1 - GENERAL 011000 i 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings g and general provisions of Draw ngs and gene alDi ov 01 P the Contract, includingCo General and Supplementaryapply 1.2 SUS A. Section Includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Access to site. 4. Coordination with occupants. 5• Work restrictions. 6. Specification and Drawing conventions. 1.3 PROJECT INFO RMATION A. Project Identification: Five Sullivan Brothers Convention Center Skywalk Improvements for the City of Waterloo, Iowa Project#19-23770 'IIII• Project Location: Five Sullivan Brothers Convention Center Street Waterloo, IA 50703 B. Owner: City of Waterloo 715 Mulberry Waterloo,IA 50703 1• Owner's Representative: •Greg Alhelm,Building Official City of Waterloo 715 Mulberry St. Waterloo, IA 50703 C. Architect: ISG, Inc. 314 East Fourth Street Waterloo, IA 50703 aft! 1 SUMMARY PROJECT#19-23 770 011000- 1 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS v the Contract Documents and consists of the following: • A. The Work of Project is defined by aggregated built-up roof membrane, The work includes complete removal of existing1 1. concrete roofdeck andinsulation and new 90 nemilw ` " ridged polyisocyanurawork required in cover board nd insulation of 2 6 to existing ed e and wood blocking vaporroof barrier, (2) installation in some roof membrane. New sheet metal roofg Existing granite parapet caps to be co°eredfor wl h new metal panels. New r some areas.a E brick parapet walls to and reinstalled.be included Existing as well, and other Work indicated in the Contract Documents.ladders to be 1— B. Type of Contract: prime contract. 1. Project will be constructed under a single w 1.5 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: on Contractor shall have li mited use of Project site for construction ments of thisoperations atio s as L indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements eq 1....,B U • se of Site: Limit use of Project site to �rindicateds indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond.areas in which t operations to work in areas indicated. - driveways parking garage, and entrances 1. Drives: Confine Walkways °p Owner'sp employees, and emergency Driveways, Walkwaya and Entrances: Keep 2' parking or for storage of materials. 1_ serving premises clear and available to Owner, vehicles at all times.Do not use these areas for construction a. Schedu le deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by operations. and. time requirements for storage of ' b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space materials and equipment on-site. building affected by construction ,� Maintain portions of existing e caused by C. Condition ofExisting Building: period.Repair dames °oerations inn a weathertight condition throughout construction p construction operations. D. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions existing grounds, landscaping, and eriod. Repair damage ins affected by construction operations throughout construction p hardsea p caused by construction operations. COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS s during entire 1.6 site and existing building(s)) A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy construction operations to minimize conflicts construction period.O usage. Cooperate P r withr Owner during . e, perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's day-to-day and facilitate Owner uses exits unless otherwise indicate operations.Maintain existing . \ ...... SUMMARY 011000 -2 PROJECT#19-23770 " f 1 i 1• Maintain access to existing Walkways corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used Do not close or obstruct walkways, facilities without writtenos permission wain y , corridors jurisdiction. Owner and , or other occupied or used 2, approval of authorities having Notify Owner not less than 72 hours in advance of operations. activities that will affect Owner's 1.7 r WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations I• Comply with limitations on authormples Navin use of public streets and g jurisdiction. with other requirements of B. On-Site Work 1 Hours: Limit work to normal business working hours, Monday through Friday, C. Existiothers unless Utility Interruptions: Do not irate less permitted under the following conditions and then only 1 interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied b utility services accordingto reby Owner or requirements indicated: after providing g temporary 1' Notify Architect and/or Own7 er ner not less than two days in advance of 2. Obtain Architect's and/or proposed utility interruptions. Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner oc pancy mayallt result in high levels of noise and 1• Notifyoccupancy with Owner. operations.Architect and/or Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operationr written permission before proceeding with disruptive '111 building E. i i Nonsmokng Buildng: Smokingor and/or E- g Ci arettes (electronic) are not es, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes.permitted within the F. Restricted Substances: Use of tobacco products and oth er controlled substances on Project site — is not permitted.— 1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONYNTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use the intended meaning of certain to certain conventions for the ems' words, and style of language and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: •� 1 Abbreviated Language: Language Documentse is abbreviated. used in the implied, butr stated,Words and de Specificationsnterand other meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Contract �,� shall Wordsb interpreted nots e and inferred as the sense re larwords 1words applicable as the context of the Contract Documents nl be interpreted as singularl where SUMMARY indicates. PROJECT#19-23 770 011000 - 3 generally used in the Specifications. The ... are g on the context,peifi are implied 2 Imperatived mood and streamlinedeh language de ending words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," p is used within a sentence or phrase•Contractor unless specifically stated where a colon(:) performed by 3 Specification requirements are to be p otherwise. 1 to the Work B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply of all Sections in the Specifications. products identified on Drawings are Requirements for materials and p are used on Drawings to ` C. Drawing Coordination: described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following products: �.- identify materials and p the typical generic terms used in Materials and products are identified by t p 1 Terminology: abbreviations scheduled on the individual Specifications Sectionucts are identified by L„ 2. Abbreviations: Materials and p reference keynotes referencing Drawings. products are identified by 3 Keynoting: Materials and S ecification Section numbers found in this Project Manual. p L END OF SECTION 011000 1, L. \ I . .r. 011000 -4 SUMMARY ` PROJECT#19-23770 SECTION 012100- ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GE NERAL 012100 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and Conditions and generaleer Di provin i Specification f the Contract, tio including appl t General and n. Sections, apply to this Section. Supplementary 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirem B. Types of allowances include the following: ents governing allowances. 1. Contingency allowances. a. General allowances. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Allowance is a quantity of work or dollar amount established in lieu of additional requirements, used to defer selection of materials and equipment d .,,� provided to Contractor. If actuala q pment to a later date when direction ! necessary, additional requirements will be issued by1 be 1.4 Change Order. SELECTION AND PURCHASE AtA. the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise al tthee or purchase and delivery, Architect by the floe when must be completed byof each product or system described the Owner to avoid delaying the Work. an allowance must B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals Include recommendations that are eleva to to performing the Wro use in making final selections. Work. C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from"`1 the designated supplier. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposals for ash of products or systems included in allowances in the form specified for Change Orders. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submit invoices delivery ry slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to use in lme or each allowance. the site for ALLOWANCES PROJECT#19-23770 012100- 1 documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of �- Submit time sheets and. other documen art of the allowance. � B. portions of allowance items that include installation asp C. Coordinate and.proc ess submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other the Work. 1.7 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES asL directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and.only by ',` A. Use the contingency allowance only Owner Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance.and equipment ordered by profit, and related costs for products B. Contractor's nverhead, p rental,and similar costs. allowanceu are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract Sum. the e costsngencly installation,insurance,equipment Sum.These include delivery, the contingency allowance will include C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and PTO th D. Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining inby Change Order. b.... 1.8 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES lowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based y measurement on the difference Adjustment: adjust dchase]amount and the allowance,multipliedbl allowancesfinalfor cutting �-- A' include on the difference betweenpurchase If applicable, of work-in-place where applicable.losses,tolerances,mixing wastes,normal product imperfections,and similar margins. art of the � 1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as p allowance. explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of 2. Iffreqqueested, prepare e Orders overhead costs and other markups. if any, claimed in Chang Submit substantiation of a change in scope of Work, � 3 inns independent related to unit-cost allowances. quantity of work-in place by P 4 Owner reserves the right to establish the q quantity survey,measure,or count. order amount or Contractor's increased costs because of a change i scope or nature of the allowance B. describedebmit claims forContractwhether for the purchase handling, in labor,th installation,overhead, and profit. P e Order cost .� nature orc extent e Work ha ge de fromc 1 Do no t include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change amount unless it is clearly shown that t is permitted for Documents. selection ofm higher- or lower - priced what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documen s 2. No change ri Contractor's indirect expense riced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. P L 012100 -2 ALLOWANCES — PROJECT#19-23770 0.4 PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION "1 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely with related ter ac d andh related work. P y integrated and interfaced with 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE: 1. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION ALLOWANCE: Include a -•� general construction contract. $10,000 allowance for END OF SECTION 012100 V "', ALLOWANCES 012100 - 3 PROJECT#19-23770 UM. SECTION 012300- ALTERNATES 012300 PART 1 - N1L 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS } A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, includin Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, a 1 o General and Supplementary pp y to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for i alternates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid in the bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount Form for certain work defined Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems or i if the in the Contract Documents. to be installation methods described 1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated ated in the al 2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or Sum to incorporate alternates into the Work. No other adjustments ments madearruction e totra the H i Contract Sum. to 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work 1 1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicate similar of alternate. d as part B. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work I "1 C. Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of thisof the Contract. referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to ion. Specification a achieve Sections described under each alternate. ,.� the work ALTERNATES PROJECT#19-23770 012300- 1 PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Usedl PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES i A. Alternate No. 1: NEW WOOD BLOCKING &PARAPET CAP bid for substituting new �- asis 1 Alternate: State the amf°nished metal parapet cap in lieu ofnt to add to or deduct from the removing existing granite cap, wood blocking and pre reflashing and reinstalling. END OF SECTION 012300 012300 - 2 ALTERNATES PROJECT#19-23770 i ..4 SECTION 012500-SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES s PART 1 - GENERAL 012500 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general Conditions and other Divon provisions S of the Contract Specification Sections,including pply o General and Supplementary + apply to this Section. pp mentary 1.2 SUMMARY lail A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. al 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products "'! those required by , materials equipment,the Contract Documents and sedby and methods of cons proposed by Contractor. traction from 1. Substitutions for changed Cause: Changes proposed b g Project conditions, by Contractor that are requireddue to unavailability such as unavailability of product, regulatory 2• Substitutions Convenienwarrantyce: terms. changes, or �+ required in nce: Changes proposed b order to meet other Project re by Contractor or Owner that are not Contractor or Owner. requirements but may offer advantage to ''" 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS i A. Substitution "'I Requests: Submit three copies of each re oduct or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Includest for consideration. Identi and Drawing numbers and titles. Specification Section number and title 1. asapplicableion: Show compliance with requiremen ts for substitutions and the following, a. Statement indicating by specified product or fabrication b.aall provided, if applicable. or installation of information, includingmethod Coordination parts of the a list of changes othereractors thatf be necessaryanddto construction g or revisions needed to � performed c. ract contractors willon of significant to accommodateby Owner and separate the DetailedWork opened. Include annotated copyproposedb substitution. +.� qualities of proposed substitutions with those of i durability,Significant qualities may include attribute such as Significa visual effect, sustainable design characteristics,pP stable manse, ei S, size, features and reperformance, weight "� requirements indicated. warranties, ands ' size, specified. Indicate deviations if any, specific � fromtheWork SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 1 PROJECT#19-23770 012500 - 1 ,-, \ d. Product Data, including drawing s and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. requested. �- where applicable or req or requested. e. Samples, qualification data,where applicablewith project names and Certificates and q completed projects, f. • List of similar installations for indicating and interpreting g. agency,addresses as well as names and addresses testingarchitects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified indicated. compliance with requirementscode in effect for Project, test Researchresults forp compliance with building L i reports evidencing proposed. from ICC ES-comparison of Contractor's constructioincluding ule effect o g the overall substitutions provided J. products specified for the Work, Contra do i with product or method of construction cannot a acturerd Contract the If Contract Time, or delays include letter from manufacturer, within dat lof receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, letterhead, stating -- if any,in the Contract Sum. in delivery• a proposal of change, complies with requirements in 1. Costn information,certification including p p 1. Contractor's Contractont 's oumts thatexc proposed substitution request,ion is compatible th Documents, except as indicated ,n � tindica indicated.withe for applicationsy uentl I related materials and is appropriateitional ment or time that may indicated ! becomeetnec waiver ecausseof tof fails to ure of proposed substitution to produce m. necessary results. Architect will request additional information or If necessary, days receipt of a request r tit or n. 2. Adrchitect's Action: substitution within Architect for y Contractorn withinof seven receipt of additional u within or ch cyst of r receipt ofrequest, ent o a se ern days of rece pof proposed Ar uest, or 6- l5 days of of req documentation,whichever is later. or Construction Change Directive, a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, es in the Work. .` Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor chang bf Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposedt... Use product specified i substitution within time allocated. 1.5 UALITY ASSURANCE compatibility of proposed substitution a a a qualified testing agency to perform substitutiitn withCompatibilitylt of uct sand mat:Investigate materials. Bend document comp A. products and mate with related p manufacturers. .- tests recommended by 1.6 PROCEDURES to integrate work of the approved A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary substitutions. - 012500 -2 SUBSTITU 102 P PROCEDURES ... PROJECT# 1 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS 1 A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these 1 Architect requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction .I e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. 1 f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g• Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution Mill has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed. i C. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received ." within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. ,,4 1• Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: ; 7 a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsib 1 ties Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. '1 b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract i Documents. c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce -� indicated results. d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contract7or's construction sc f. Requested substitution has received necessa a hedule. jurisdiction. rY pprovals of authorities having g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. 7 i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. amel SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-23770 012500 3 i more than one contctor, requeste substituti n j. If requested substitution involves of the Workras uniform ands onsistentlois has been coordinated with other portions compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. END OF SECTION 012500 Immo Wow 012500 -4 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-23770 .., SECTION 012600- CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL, 012600 7 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 7 A. Drawings and general Conditions and gene alDi provisions n i0 ns of the Contract, Specification Sectionsincluding apply to General n. Supplementary apply to this Section. pp mentary 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes ad ' administrative and Contract modifications. procedural requirements for handling and processing 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK "'� A. Architect will issue supplemental inrching adjustment the Contta num instructions authorizing the Contract Ti minoronchanges in the Work, on AIA Document G710 not 1.4 PROPOSAL UESTS A. Owner-Initiated Pro in the Proposal Re Work that may Requests: Architect will issue changesa require adjustment to the a detailed descriptionrthe of necessary, the description will include Contract Sum or the Contract T proposed p supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. If 2.1 1• Work Change Proposal Requests peCjfications. work in progress or to execute the issued b Architect are not instructions either to stop 2. Within 10 days after receipt proposed change. adjustments the p of Proposal Request, submit a cost Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary quotation estimating a. Include a list of to execute the change. total a s quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, purchases and credits to be made. If re mil to substantiatewith b. Indicate a quantities. quested, furnish survey applicable taxes, delivery data '1 discounts. rY charges,g , equipment rental, and amounts of trade c. Include costs of labor and su d. Include an up pervision direct]y attributable to the change. dated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the the change, including, but not limited to finish times, and activity to, changes in activity effectrland of t Time on Form: relationship. Use available total float before requesttn a extension of the Contra n e Quotation forms acceptable to Architect. g f B. Contractor-Initiated Prop If latent osals: Contractor may initiate a claim b or changed conditions re y submitting require modifications . the Contract, �' b g a request for a change to Architect. CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 11 PROJECT#19-23 770 012600- 1 and the effect of the change on the -- reasons for the change Indicate he effect of the Include a statement outlining description of the proposed change. 1• with total Work. Povide a completedata to changef quantitiesn the ContractofproductsSum and the or eliminated and unit cosusts, proposed of requiredIf requested, 2 Include a oflist purchases credits to be made. i amount and quantities. delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade substantiateca q deli rY 3. Indicate applicable taxes, discounts. construction schedule that indicates the finishee ct f he costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 4. Includeduration, start 5 Include an updated butContractor's con changes in activity including, not limited.to, an extension of the change,hUse available total float before requesting es, and activity relationship. ro osed Contract Time. "Substitution Proceduress" the proposed 1 with requirements in Section 012500 system for product or system 6. Comply product or ed. change requires substitution of onece table to Architect. �- 7• Proposal Request Form:Use form P CHANGE ORDERS ADMINISTRATIVE C procedures for 1.5 "Allowances" for administrative Allowance Adjustment: See Section 012100 djuA adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of ` t A. e Order ProposalI preparation of Chang allowances. 1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES On Owner's s approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order i natures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. for s g 1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE e Directive on issue a Construction Chang proceed with a i Construction Change Directive: Architectne may _ A. 714. Construction Change Directive instructs der. Contractor to AIA Document GO e the Work.It change in the Work,for subsequent inclusion in a Change e Directive contains a complete description t change ange int Sum or the 1 Construction Chang also designates method to be followed to determine change Contract Time. uired by the Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work req B. Documentation: Directive. Construction Changeorting data necessary to 1 After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supp �.. substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. END OF SECTION 012600 CONTRA 012600 -2 CT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES " `k PROJECT#19-23770 ; i '1 1 SECTION 012900-PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 012900 7 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections pp General and Supplementary apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY — mil A. Section includes administrative and Procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS "` A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating to various portions of the Work and used as the basis Sumicotio for Payment. portionswg Co Contract for reviewing Contractor's 1.4 SCIIEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Contractor's Construction Schedule. Schedule of Values with preparation of mug 1 Coordinate line items in the Schedule of V i and schedules, including the following: Values with other required administrative e forms a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b. Submittal Schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor' ' u schedule. s construction 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date .� seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications but no later than f B. Format and Content: for Pa Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish linePayment. the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification items for 1. P cation Section. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule a. Project name and location. of Values: b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's project number. 7d• Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 7PAYMENT PROCEDURES 7 PROJECT#19-23 770 012900 - 1 2 Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the 6...following for each item listed: . Arrange the Schedule of a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. 1 c. Name of subcontractor. L- d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. Orders(numbers)that affect value. f Changeas a percentage of the Contract sum to nearest one- g. Dollar dth vaolue the following, d to total 100 percent. hundredth percent, 1) Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment. enough detail to facilitate continued r. reports. Coordinate with Project 3_ Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts, in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum.Contractor and principal subcontracts for Project a. Include separate line items under out re uirements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contract Sum an d close q subcontract amount. total shall equal the Contract Sum. �.. 4. Round amoept nearest wholedollar; equipment purchased or fabricated line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where 5. Provide a separate include materials Applications for Payment installed. — and stored,but not y a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If specified, include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing. 1— \ for each line items in the Schedule of Valued or initial ue of that partof materials, the Work. 6. Provide separate letion, and for total cost subsequent stage of comp a product of the unit cost, multiplied by 7 Allowances: es: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine measured complete. quantities. for Payment shall be g. Each item in the Schedule of Values and. Applications shall each i tem. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit. ect cost of actual •- items at e not a. Temporary facilities and other major thus asst sup ata line items a n the Schedule of work-in-place may be shown Values or distributed as generalP overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 9. Schedule Updg atin : Update and resubmit the Schedule ofon Valuesang efocei the result next — Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Co in a change in the Contract Sum. 012900 -2 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-23770 7 "1 t 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for byOwn 1. Application Initial er. for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. RETAINAGE: Contractor shall show a retainage of 5%of com I withheld from each application for payment. Upon substantial omted workpletion of amount the entito re work, a be sum sufficient to decrease the total retainage to 5%of the contract sum, plus such other retainages as the Architect shall determine for all incomplete work and unsettled claims authorized. may be After Substantial Completion, the Architect may authorize payment beyond the 5%retainage amount if the Contractor is making satisfactory project. However, the Architect will, at no time, authorize payment beyond 2times the value the work to be completed until the Architect authorizes the final Request value of C. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress amen •q t for Payment. between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered payment t is indicated in the Agreement 74 for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. Payments generally will eachmadeby Application I 15th day of each month. be by the Progress payments shall be submitted to Architect by the last da of the month. The covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the last day of the period month. i 7D. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G70 Sheets as form for Applications for Payment. 3 Continuation E. Application Preparation: P Complete every entry on form. Notarize mig authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return bin o person mplet applications without action. plete 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contr Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. actor's Construction 2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed time of Application for Payment. p eted at 3. Include amounts of signed Change Orders issued before last day of construction 7 period covered by application. F. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or -I equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items 9 stored on-site and items stored off-site. 1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consen 7 surety to payment, for stored materials. t of 2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include q overhead and profit on stored materials. 1 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-23770 012900-3 I 1 documentation for stored materials indicatingthe following: 3. Provide summary 4... \ a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous — Applications for Payment. Application b. Value of previously stored materials ofpurrentut in lace Apph ctationer tfor Payment.s for Payment and on or before dateApplication for Payment and �. c. Value of materials stored since date of previous foPayment. remaining stored as of date of current Application G. Transmittal: Submit4 PP (1) si ned and notarized original copy and three (3) copies of each rr one g Application for bPayment to Architect by a method if req tired receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments 1. Transmit each copywith a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. L. and H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions include the submittals that • must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment L.. 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. (preliminary if not final). �� 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule(p 4. Products list. 5. Schedule of unit prices(preliminary if not final). 6. Submittals Schedule(p 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants. for 9. Copies of building permits. 10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction performance of the Work. 11. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 12. Performance and payment bonds. 13. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Ahow ng rchitect is1sues the perc tertific to f — I. for Pay n Substantial Completion, submit an Application for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. Work is 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Contract Sum.substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. _ Afterompleting Project closeout requirements, submit final J. Final Payment Application: c supportingdocumentation not previously submitted releases and An accepted,ron inr cl d including, with ot limited,to the following: and 1. Recommendation of final acceptance by the Architect. 2. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. — 3. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes,fees, and similar obligations were paid. O12900 - 4 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-23770 — 7 1 7 i % 754. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. . AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and C 1 6. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 7. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." Claims." wma, 8. Evidence that claims have been settled. 9. All written guarantees and warranties required by these specific t 10. All shop drawings, schedules and operator's manuals ations are on file ,, file. , properly bound andindexed,ndexed, are on 11. Executed final acceptance by the Owner. 12. As-built marked up set of construction drawings. , END OF SECTION 012900 i 1 I 7 1 I `1 1' '1 1 I 7 ,.., 1 .,„, , , 7 7 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-23 770 012900- 5 I L L L L L L L L L 1 oinir .,i SECTION 013100-PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 PART 1 - GENERA__ L •w} 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply t this Section. General and Supplementary pPl � PP 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project 9 including, but not limited to, the following: { 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 1 3• RFIs. 4. Project meetings. B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. are assigned to a specific contractor. i `'� q ements. Certain areas of responsibility 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BIM: Building Information Modeling. BI: Request for Information. Request from Owner,information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.ct or Contractor seeking 1 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 41 A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:woe 1 Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity supplying products. performing subcontract or 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s)covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered KeyPersonnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction by subcontract. B. personnel assignments including superintendent and other personnel in attendance operations, submit a list Project key site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list andat lllar telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone addresses cellular individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. numbers of 7 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PROJECT#19-23770 01-100 - 1 i 1 1 l. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, and in prominent -- location in built facility.Keep list current at all times. Construction Superintendent: The General Contractor thatll assign a specificationp are follow d and ►� ent to the 1 2. � job. It will be the Superintendent's duty to 0 that the Architect is notified if deviations occur. t 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES of the Coordinate construction operations includedoeach partferent of the Work.bns Coordinate %,,, A. Coordination:pec Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. where — 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain thecbesst results before installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other bp ts, or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of dsepvicenand repair.to re maximum performance and � accessibility for required maintenance, 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. contractor shall coordinate its construction operations witch those of other B. Coordination: Each rt of the Work. contractors and entities to ensure eifficient operations with installation operations each incipuded in different � Each contractor shall coordinate Sections that depend on each other for proper installation,connection,and operation.best results where 1. Schedule construction operations depends onequired to obtain the installation of other components, before _.. installation of one part of the WorkP — or after its own installation. nts with other rs o 2. Coordinate installation of different coomP°mired maintenance, service�andtrepairsur �r maximum performance and accessibility q e items for later on. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodaotordinate installation of differenticolmponents to 4. Where availability of space is limited, c ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, an repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical. ...„, \ C. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures or coordination.Include such items as required notices,reports, and list of attendees at lbwrequired f meetings. 1. Prepa re similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their .. Work is required. ro rest of and timing of red D. Admi nistrative Procedures: Coordinate schedulin conflicts to ensureio administrativeorderly procedures with other construction activities to avoid the Work. Such administrative activities include,but are not limited to,the following: z` 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. _ 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. -- 5. Progress meetings. 6. Project closeout activities. 7. Startup and adjustment of systems. 013100 2 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION _ PROJECT#19 23 7 , i 7 1.6 REQUEST FOR INFOR MATION RATION(RFII 11 A. General: Immediately on discover y of the need for additional information, clarification interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit form specified. or 1 7 an RFI in the 1. Architect will return without response those RFIs submitted to controlled by Contractor. Architect by other entities 11 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. 4 B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible descri do interpretation and the following: P n of item needing information or 1. Project name. i 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as iate approP r 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's su este d Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI impacts the 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Produ Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessaryct Data, Shop needing interpretation. to fully describe items vol a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.and details of affected .1 C. RFI Forms: AIA Document G716 or Software-generated form with substantially the same { content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect. 414, 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format. D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. air', after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following workingRFIsay. received b y Architect '' day. 1• The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without actin :n. j a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submi g• Incomplete RFIs or inaccurate) ttals. y prepared RFIs. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PROJECT#19-23770 013100 - 3 lom dd nform 2. Architect's action may include a request for itional i b Aation,rchit in of additional Architect's time for response will date fromi ,, information. , Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a changetoth Change Proposal tractTime e or e — 3, o Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. f Contra ctor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 5 days of receipt of the RFI response. Pre are, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. E. RFI Log P Submit log monthly.Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. r+ 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and hi.Pren salific Request, as appropriate. 9. Identificationon of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as ` appropriate. - to F. receipt of Architect's action,update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response r.. to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor ' disagrees with response. 1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS electronic meeting ...., \ A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences via a remote, platform unless otherwise indicated. se 1. Attend ees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals who of presence is ... required, of date and time of each meeting. Noti meetin dates and times a minimum o Distribute 5 wor n agenda to all invitedtin . does. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. eeting will ificant 3. scussions Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting minute record tos everyone concerned, and agreements achieved. Distribute t including Owner and Architect,within three days of the meeting. ...., onstruction conference at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 B. Preconstruction Conference: Architect will schedule and conduct a pre before starting construction, , days after execution of the Agreement. Amor 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned 4, ' parties shall attend the conference. Participants at o� conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating k. 013100 - 4 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION _ PROJECT#19-23770 1 7 -� 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: I a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments. b. Tentative construction schedule. c. Phasing. d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items. e. Designation of key personnel and their duties. f. Lines of communications. 7 g. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. h. Procedures for RFIs. i. Procedures for testing and inspecting. "'7 j. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. ii k. Distribution of the Contract Documents. I. Submittal procedures. + m. Preparation of Record Documents. 7 n. Use of the premises. o. Work restrictions. p. Working hours. 9. Owner's occupancy requirements. r. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. s. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. 'lit t. Construction waste management and recycling. u. Parking availability. v. Office, work, and storage areas. w. Equipment deliveries and priorities. x. First aid. y. Security. z. Progress cleaning. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting g a 7 C. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at monthly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review I other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to Ido so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PROJECT#19-23770 013100 5 b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: .. 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site use. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of Proposal Requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. Imo a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. END OF SECTION 013100 a PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 6 PROJECT#19-23770 4. SECTION 013200- CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION � 013200 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS gilt A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 (. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural 1 construction during performance of the Work, including the following:documenting the progress of 1. Startup construction schedule. 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Construction schedule updating reports. °It 4. Daily construction reports. 1. 5. Material location reports. 6. Site condition reports. 6'4 7. Unusual event reports. r 1.3 DEFINITIONS r 1 A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume Nil time and resources. I , 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned "N. early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. i B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations I 7 determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. C. Critical Path: The longest connected ected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. D. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. E. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. F. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for completing an alactivity as scheduled. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 1 PROJECT#19-23770 013200 1 tIIf ..a IIII� 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS I A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. Working electronic copy of schedule file,where indicated. 2. PDF file. OR 3. Two paper copies,of sufficient size to display entire period or schedule, as required. B. Startup construction schedule. + C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. .71 1. Submit a working digital copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to + comply with requirements for submittals. o.- 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction with equests,haad otherule of alues, list requiredof schedulesraand submittal schedule, progress reports, payment 4,reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities ; involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. A 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE GENERAL -- A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare pschedules usingsched current rent version of a program that has �, been developed specifically to manage construction B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of .` final completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date,unless specifically authorized by Change Order. ..— C. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to,the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion. D. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report dmmargaectivities he followingscheduled to occur or u commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. S 1. Unresolved issues. -- 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. ., 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time. — CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 -2 PROJECT#19-23770 7 1 E. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule or before each regularly scheduled 1 progress meeting. 1 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. imi 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. 1 F. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know al' � schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned 7 portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. dolt G. Contractor's Approvals: Final approved chart shall bear the signatures of all prime contractors and major subcontractors. 1 [-• 1.7 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for commencement of the Work. II 1. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. ., END OF SECTION 013200 7 .q i CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PROJECT#19-23770 013200 3 r, IMO .. 1 w` • !'"' mono SECTION 013300- SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES .. 013300 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY wit A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. Shop 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. ti 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. ial 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. B. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in ,.r advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300- 1 PROJECT#19-23770 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. .. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. _ 2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record .. Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: ; a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor. ti e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. E. Deviations: Highlight or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract `" Documents on submittals. F. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. r_ 1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect. 2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will be marked with action taken and will be returned. G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor or those without Contractor review. n.. 1. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Destination (To:). d. Source(From:). "" e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. f. Category and type of submittal. g. Submittal purpose and description. h. Specification Section number and title. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2 PROJECT#19-23770 gag j. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively. +. k. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. • I. Remarks. m. Signature of transmitter. ark H. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 414 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are approved. L Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of "11. construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. l J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicatingapproved pp by Architect. PART 2 -PRODUCTS rst 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f. Operational range diagrams. g. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. h. Compliance with specified referenced standards. i. Testing by recognized testing agency. j. Application of testing agency labels and seals. k. Notation of coordination requirements. 4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 5. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 -3 PROJECT#19-23770 C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base -.- Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the _ following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. d. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring. including power, signal, and control wiring. e. Design calculations. f. Compliance with specified standards.g. Notation of coordination requirements. _ h. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. i. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. j. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. !-. 2. Sheet Size: Electronic submittals are the preferred method of coordination. Only if electronic submission is infeasible or unobtainable should paper copies of shop drawings be exchanged. Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop 1 Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. 3. Number of Copies: Only if electronic submittals are infeasible or unobtainable, submit five opaque (bond) copies of each submittal, architect will return all but one copy, and / .. or submit (in pdf form) electronic copy via email to the Architect. Architect will return stamped pdf to contractor via email. I 4. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings as called for in these specifications. All shop drawings shall have the date marked on them when the Contractor receives them from the supplier. Shop drawings shall be submitted through the Contractor and shall not come direct from the supplier to the Architect. Shop drawings that are not dated and signed as approved by the Contractor will not be accepted or reviewed and will be marked "resubmit" and sent back to the Contractor. Shop drawings for the mechanical and electrical work shall be sent to the Consultant if other than the Architect. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these _ characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. Submit to Architect within six weeks ti of Contract Signature. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. ... d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 3. Quantity and Size: All samples shall be submitted in duplicate except as noted and shall show the expected range of color and texture or variation in the material. Sizes of the y samples shall be according to the following schedule unless otherwise specified. Submit samples as soon as possible for coordination of color selections. ... SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 -4 PROJECT#19-23770 i 1 a. Other materials: Shall be a suitable length or size, which will show the representative arrangement, finish, or material, which will be required for the project. In the case of small items, individual items of the size specified will be acceptable. 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit two full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. E. Product Schedule or List: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: is 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product. 2. Number and name of room or space. 3. Location within room or space. 4. Number of Copies: Submit four copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. F. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Use CSI Form 1.5A. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying I products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s)covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 4. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. dot 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names '�+!! and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300- 5 PROJECT#19-23770 B. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. C. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying `^ that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. D. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. ti E. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. F. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. G. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. H. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers' names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." J. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. K. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data." L. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. Yaw SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 6 PROJECT#19-23770 �� M. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable: "► 1. Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection. oat 4. Required installation tolerances. 5. Required adjustments. 6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection. N. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not,what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions,products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. O. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of 1 insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of Eist coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. P. Material Safety Data Sheets(MSDSs): Submit information directly to Owner. oat 1. Architect will not review submittals that include MSDSs and will return the entire submittal for resubmittal. Q. Finish Schedule: Each contractor shall submit to the Architect brand names, types, and samples of all finish materials for the project. Upon approval, the Architect will prepare a schedule of color selections for all finishes throughout the building. The General Contractor may obtain up to 15 copies of this schedule from the Architect so that he may distribute these to his/her material suppliers and subcontractors. The Mechanical and Electrical contractors shall each be provided two copies. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW or. A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7 PROJECT#19-23770 1 B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Contractor's name. 2. Date Contractor received drawings from supplier. _ 3. Any changes or notations in green pencil. 4. A statement that the Contractor has reviewed the drawings and finds them to be correct except as noted. 5 Signature of person making Contractor review. 6. Any deviations from drawings and specifications noted, underlined or circled in green. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S/ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required in red, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned .,,. without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. 3.3 OWNER'S COPIES v A. At the end of the project, each Contractor shall present to the Owner two (2)approved copies of all shop drawings, schedules and operating manuals, and warranties suitably bound and indexed by Division, in a 3-ring binder. END OF SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 8 VIEW PROJECT#19-23770 SECTION 014000- QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Vet A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Field Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. B. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, ".� including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). C. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - PROJECT#19-23770 D. Source Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source; for example,plant,mill, factory, or shop. E. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. F. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. G. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after ... execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality-control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements are specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for direction before proceeding. L.. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. r To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. .. i 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1r. A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. ... 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-2 PROJECT#19-23770 D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.6 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other 111 Sections.Include the following: 1. Date of issue. - 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address,telephone number, and email address of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspection. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information "'F documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. -4 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: sal 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions,products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 3 PROJECT#19-23770 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable,procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements. IOW C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy , qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction,that is acceptable to authorities. H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. ' QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 4 PROJECT#19-23770 1 ,1 1 1.8 QUALITY CONTROL 7 A. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or not,to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements. 1 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction.Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction,whether specified or not. 7 2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in 41, writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspection will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract �t Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 4' 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. j B. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for al construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including 'I, service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal 1 Procedures." D. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and mat conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. E. Associated Contractor Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing I required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 1 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. mil 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and 1 inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project LLI site. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 5 A PROJECT#19-23770 F. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 ACCEPTABLE TESTING AGENCIES A. The following agencies have been pre-approved to perform some or all of the testing required above: Allender Butzke Patzig Laboratories 3550— 109th St. 3922 Delaware Avenue Urbandale,IA 50322-8101 Des Moines,IA 50313 Ph: 515-252-1885 Ph: 515-266-5101 Fax: 515-252-1888 Shive Hattery,Inc. Braun Intertec 2834 Northgate Drive 1901 — 16tI Avenue Southwest, Ste. 2 Iowa City, IA 52245 Cedar Rapids, IA 52404 Ph: 319-354-3040 or 800-798-3040 Ph: 319-365-0961 Fax: 319-354-6921 Fax: 319-365-1306 Team Services Chosen Valley Testing 333-H SW 9th Street 421 N. Georgia Ave. Des Moines,IA 50309 Mason City, IA 50401-3438 Ph: 515-282-8818 Ph: 641-201-1050 Fax: 515-282-8741 Fax: 641-201-1012 Team Services � f Chosen Valley Testing 260-C 33rd Avenue, SW 2718 Falls Avenue Cedar Rapids, IA 52404 Waterloo, IA 50701 Ph: 319-366-0759 Ph: 319-505-2675 Fax: 319-366-0793 Fax: 319-505-2774 Geotechnical Services, Inc. Team Services ^- 2853 99th Street Fort Dodge,IA and Urbandale, IA 50322 Mason City,IA Ph: 515-270-6542 Ph: 1-800-886-8326 Olsson Associates Terracon Consultants,Inc. 11035 Aurora Avenue 3105 Capital Way, Suite 5 Urbandale, IA 50322 Cedar Falls, IA 50613 Ph: 515-331-6517 Ph: 319-277-4016 Fax: 515-331-6518 Fax: 319-277-4320 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 6 PROJECT#19-23770 _ _ I Terracon Consultants Inc. Tetra Technologies, Inc. 2640— 12th St. SW 2213 LaPorte Road Cedar Rapids,IA 52404 Waterloo,IA 50702 Ph: 319-366-8321 Ph: 319-232-6591 Fax: 319-366-0032 Fax: 319-232-0373 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 41- 600 SW 7th Street, Suite M Des Moines, IA 50309 Ph: 515-244-3184 Fax: 515-244-5249 I i 3.2 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: { 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architects reference during normal working hours. 1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents. 3.3 REPAIR AND PROTECTION ++� A. General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. ,,,, 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other { Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. 1 3.4 REQU IRED OBSERVATIONS OF THE ARCHITECT A. The Contractor shall note throughout the plans and specifications where "required observations" are called for. The following items are a guide only, and do not necessarily indicate all site visits required. See Supplementary General Conditions: QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 7 PROJECT#19-23770 Before any roofing Substantial completion review Final review One-year warranty review END OF SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000- 8 PROJECT#19-23770 Um, SECTION 014200- REFERENCES 014200 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, �.. and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." "'t E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure,protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. v I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site *■t is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. REFERENCES 014200 - 1 PROJECT#19-23770 B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. 1. For standards referenced by applicable building codes, comply with dates of standards as listed in building codes. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.The information in this list is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. AABC -Associated Air Balance Council;www.aabc.com. 2. AAMA-American Architectural Manufacturers Association;www.aamanet.org. 3. AAPFCO-Association of American Plant Food Control Officials; www.aapfco.org. �.,. 4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; www.transportation.org. 5. AATCC -American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; www.aatcc.org. AI/ 6. ABMA-American Bearing Manufacturers Association; www.americanbearings.org. 7. ABMA-American Boiler Manufacturers Association; www.abma.com. 8. ACI -American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International); www.concrete.org. 9. ACPA- American Concrete Pipe Association;www.concrete-pipe.org. tow 10. AEIC -Association of Edison Illuminating Companies,Inc. (The);www.aeic.org. 11. AF&PA-American Forest& Paper Association;www.afandpa.org. Imm 12. AGA- American Gas Association;www.aga.org. 13. AHAM-Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org. 14. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute(The);www.ahrinet.org. 15. AI-Asphalt Institute;www.asphaltinstitute.org. �.. 16. AIA-American Institute of Architects(The); www.aia.org. 17. AISC -American Institute of Steel Construction;www.aisc.org. 18. AISI-American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org. top, 19. AITC- American Institute of Timber Construction;www.aitc-glulam.org. 20. AMCA -Air Movement and Control Association International,Inc.; www.amca.org. 21. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org. I 22. AOSA - Association of Official Seed Analysts,Inc.;www.aosaseed.com. 23. APA- APA- The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org. 1 24. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org. 25. API -American Petroleum Institute;www.api.org. 26. ARI- Air-Conditioning&Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 27. ARI -American Refrigeration Institute;(See AHRI). 28. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org. 29. ASCE-American Society of Civil Engineers;www.asce.org. REFERENCES 014200- 2 ..� PROJECT#19-23770 1 t 30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See ASCE). 31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org. 32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers); www.asme.org. 33. ASSE-American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org. 34. ASSP-American Society of Safety Professionals(The); www.assp.org. 35. ASTM-ASTM International; www.astm.org. 36. ATIS -Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org. 37. AVIXA - Audiovisual and Integrated Experience Association; (Formerly: Infocomm out International); www.soundandcommunications.com. 38. AWEA -American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org. 39. AWI-Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org. 40. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com. 41. AWPA -American Wood Protection Association; www.awpa.com. 42. AWS American WeldingSociety;'+i www.aws.org. " 43. AWWA- American Water Works Association; www.awwa.org. 44. BHMA -Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com. 45. BIA- Brick Industry Association(The); www.gobrick.com. 46. BICSI- BICSI,Inc.; www.bicsi.org. 47. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association); www.bifma.org. 48. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org. 49. BWF - Badminton World Federation; (Formerly: International Badmin ton Federation); www.bissc.org. +I• 50. CDA -Copper Development Association; www.copper.org. 51. CE- Conformite Europeenne; http://ec.europa.eu/growth/single-market/ce-marking/. 52. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca. 53. CFFA- Chemical Fabrics and Film Association, Inc.; www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com. 54. CFSEI- Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org. 55. CGA -Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com. 56. CIMA- Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org. 57. CISCA- Ceilings&Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org. 58. CISPI- Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org. 59. CLFMI- Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org. 60. CPA- Composite Panel Association; www.compositepanel.org. 61. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute(The); www.carpet-rug.org. 62. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org. 63. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org. 64. CSA- CSA Group; www.csa-group.org. 65. CSI- Construction Specifications Institute(The); www.csiresources.org. 66. CSSB - Cedar Shake& Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org. 67. CTA - Consumer Technology Association; www.cta.tech. 68. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.coolingtechnology.org. 69. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA). 70. DASMA-Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com. 71. DHA - Decorative Hardwoods Association; (Formerly: Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association); www.decorativehardwoods.org. REFERENCES 014200 3 PROJECT#19-23770 72. DHI -Door and Hardware Institute;www.dhi.org. 73. ECA-Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA). 74. ECAMA-Electronic Components Assemblies &Materials Association; (See ECIA). 75. ECIA-Electronic Components Industry Association; www.eciaonline.org. 76. EIA-Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 77. EIMA-EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com. 78. EJMA- Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association,Inc.;www.ejma.org. ... 79. EOS/ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association);www.esda.org. 80. ESTA-Entertainment Services and Technology Association;(See PLASA). 81. ETL-Intertek(See Intertek);www.intertek.com. 82. EVO-Efficiency Valuation Organization;www.evo-world.org. 83. FCI-Fluid Controls Institute;www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org. 84. FIBA - Federation Internationale de Basketball; (The International Basketball Federation); www.fiba.com. 85. FIVB - Federation Internationale de Volleyball; (The International Volleyball Federation); www.fivb.org. 86. FM Approvals-FM Approvals LLC;www.fniglobal.com. 87. FM Global - FM Global; (Formerly: FMG- FM Global);www.fmglobal.com. 88. FRSA - Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal Contractors Association, Inc.; 1 www.floridaroof.com. 89. FSA- Fluid Sealing Association;www.fluidsealing.com. 90. FSC -Forest Stewardship Council U.S.;www.fscus.org. 91. GA- Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org. L, 92. GANA- Glass Association of North America; (See NGA). 93. GS - Green Seal;www.greenseal.org. 94. HI -Hydraulic Institute;www.pumps.org. 95. HI/GAMA- Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association;(See AHRI). 96. HMMA-Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association;(See NAAMM). 97. HPVA -Hardwood Plywood&Veneer Association; (See DHA). 98. HPW-H. P. White Laboratory,Inc.;www.hpwhite.com. 99. IAPSC -International Association of Professional Security Consultants;www.iapsc.org. 100. IAS -International Accreditation Service;www.iasonline.org. 101. ICBO-International Conference of Building Officials; (See ICC). 102. ICC -International Code Council;www.iccsafe.org. 103. ICEA- Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.;www.icea.net. 104. ICPA- International Cast Polymer Alliance; www.icpa-hq.org. 105. ICRI -International Concrete Repair Institute,Inc.;www.icri.org. 106. IEC -International Electrotechnical Commission; www.iec.ch. 107. IEEE-Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,Inc. (The); www.ieee.org. 108. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America);www.ies.org. a 109. IESNA-Illuminating Engineering Society of North America; (See IES). 110. LEST-Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology;www.iest.org. 111. IGMA- Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance;www.igmaonline.org. 112. IGSHPA -International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.org. 113. II -Infocomrn International; (See AVIXA). ' 114. ILI-Indiana Limestone Institute of America,Inc.;www.iliai.com. 115. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA); www.intertek.com. 116. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society);www.isa.org. REFERENCES 014200 - 4 PROJECT#19-23770 I .7 1 • 117. ISAS -Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society(The); (See ISA). 118. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association;g. (Formerly: International Solid 7 Surface Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.or 119. ISO-International Organization for Standardization; www____iso.org. 120. ISSFA - International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). 121. ITU-International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int/home. 122. KCMA -Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org. 123. LMA - Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 7 124. LPI- Lightning Protection Institute;www.lightnin org. 125. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com. 126. MCA- Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstructi .on or . ""r 127. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association,Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. i 128. MFMA- Metal Framing Manufacturers Association,Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org. 129. MHIA -Material Handling Industry of America; www.mhia org. 130. MIA- Marble Institute of America; (See NSI). lit 131. MMPA-Moulding&Millwork Producers Association;www.wmmpa.com. 132. MPI-Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 133. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-ha org. 4 134. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; 161 www.naa� mmorg. 135. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International); www.nace org. 136. NADCA -National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 137. NAIMA -North American Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.naima.org. 1 138. NALP - National Association of www.landscapeprofessionals.org. Landscape Professionals; 139. NBGQA-National Building Granite Quarries Association,Inc.;www.nbgga.com. 140. NBI-New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org. 141. NCAA-National Collegiate Athletic Association(The); www.ncaa.org. 1142. NCMA-National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma or . 143. NEBB -National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 144. NECA-National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet or . 41, 145. NeLMA-Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org. f 146. NEMA-National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org. 147. NETA- InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org. 148. NFHS -National Federation of State High School Associations; www.nfhs.org. 1 149. NFPA-National Fire Protection Association; www.nfa.org. 150. NFPA -NFPA International; (See NFPA). 151. NFRC -National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.or . 17 152. NGA - National Glass Association (The); (Formerly: Glass Association of North America); www.glass.org. 153. NI-ILA -National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 154. NLGA -National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.or . 1 i 155. NOFMA -National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 156. NOMMA -National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org. ,. 157. NRCA -National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net. 158. NRMCA-National Ready Mixed Concrete Association;www.nrmca.org. 159. NSF -NSF International; www.nsf.org. 160. NSI - National Stone Institute; (Formerly: Marble Institute of America); www.naturalstoneinstitute.org. i REFERENCES , PROJECT#19-23770 014200 5 1 ,w 161. NSPE-National Society of Professional Engineers;www.nspe.org. 162. NSSGA-National Stone, Sand&Gravel Association;www.nssga.org. m 163. NTMA-National Terrazzo& Mosaic Association, Inc. (The);www.ntma.com. 164. NWFA-National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. 1.... 165. PCI-Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute;www.pci.org. 166. PDI-Plumbing&Drainage Institute;www.pdionline.org. 167. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology .� Association);www.plasa.org. 168. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections;www.boltcouncil.org. 169. RFCI- Resilient Floor Covering Institute;www.rfci.com. 170. RIS -Redwood Inspection Service;www.redwoodinspection.com. 171. SAE- SAE International;www.sae.org. 1� 172. SCTE- Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers;www.scte.org. 173. SDI- Steel Deck Institute;www.sdi.org. 174. SDI - Steel Door Institute;www.steeldoor.org. 175. SEFA- Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association(The); www.sefalabs.com. 176. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (See ... II ASCE). 177. SIA- Security Industry Association;www.siaonline.org. 178. SJI- Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org. 179. SMA- Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org. 180. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org. 181. SMPTE- Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers;www.smpte.org. 182. SPFA- Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance;www.sprayfoam.org. 183. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau;www.spib.org. �, 184. SPRI- Single Ply Roofing Industry;www.spri.org. 185. SRCC - Solar Rating&Certification Corporation;www.solar-rating.org. 186. SSINA- Specialty Steel Industry of North America;www.ssina.com. .� 187. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings;www.sspc.org. 188. STI - Steel Tank Institute;www.steeltank.com. 189. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com. 190. SWPA- Submersible Wastewater Pump Association;www.nwpa.org. ..- 191. TCA-Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 192. TCNA- Tile Council of North America,Inc.;www.tileusa.com. 193. TEMA -Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association,Inc.;www.tema.org. 6. 194. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association (The); (Formerly: TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org. `'" 195. TIA/EIA- Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 196. TMS - The Masonry Society;www.masonrysociety.org. 197. TPI -Truss Plate Institute;www.tpinst.org. 198. TPI- Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org. 199. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute;www.tileroofing.org. .. 200. UL-Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; www.ul.com. 201. UNI -Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association;www.uni-bell.org. 202. USAV -USA Volleyball;www usavolleyball.org. 203. USGBC -U.S. Green Building Council;www.usgbc.org. 204. USITT-United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org. 205. WA-Wallcoverings Association;www.wallcoverings.org. 014200- 6 REFERENCES PROJECT#19-23770 1 f H 206. WASTEC - Waste Equipment Technology Association; www.wastec.org. 207. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org. 208. WCMA- Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org. 209. WDMA- Window&Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com. 210. WI- Woodwork Institute; www.wicnet.org. 1 211. WSRCA- Western States Roofing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com. 1 al B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. •-+ 1. DIN-Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V.; www.din.de. 2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org. 'il3. ICC-International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. ► 4. ICC-ES -ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es or . r C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or 11 other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following t list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents. 7 1. COE-Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil.CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov. 3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology; -- www.nist.gov. 4. DOD -Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 5. DOE-Department of Energy; www.energy.gov. 6. EPA-Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov. 7. FAA-Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov. 8. FG-Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 9. GSA- General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. 10. HUD -Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov. 11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov. 7 12. OSHA - Occupational Safety&Health Administration; www.osha.gov. 13. SD-Department of State; www.state.gov. 14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org. 15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laborator y; www.ars.usda.gov. 16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov. 17. USDOJ- Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov. 18. USP- U.S.Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org. 19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com. D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or I other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. REFERENCES ' 1.1 PROJECT#19-23770 014200 7 1 i 1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.govinfo.gov. 2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services;www.quicksearch.dla.mil. low 3. DSCC-Defense Supply Center Columbus;(See FS). 4. FED-STD -Federal Standard; (See FS). 5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. a. Available from Defense Standardization Program;www.dsp.dla.mil. 1� b. Available from General Services Administration;www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide;www.wbdg.org. 6. MILSPEC -Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD). 7. USAB -United States Access Board;www.access-board.gov. 8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB). E. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CBHF; State of California; Department of Consumer Affairs; Bureau of Electronic and Appliance Repair,Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation;www.bearhfti.ca.gov. 2. CCR; California Code of Regulations; Office of Administrative Law; California Title 24 y► Energy Code;www.calregs.com. 3. CDHS;California Department of Health Services; (See CDPH). 4. CDPH; California Department of Public Health; Indoor Air Quality Program;www.cal- .,. iaq.org. 5. CPUC; California Public Utilities Commission; www.cpuc.ca.gov. 6. SCAQMD; South Coast Air Quality Management District;www.aqmd.gov. L, 7. TFS; Texas A&M Forest Service; Sustainable Forestry and Economic Development; www.txforestservice.tamu.edu. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 014200 REFERENCES 014200 - 8 PROJECT#19-23770 Vaal SECTION 015000-TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 PART 1 -GENERAL .64 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each `l temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS { A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. I � TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 PROJECT#19-23770 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. • 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 011000 "Summary." B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. Water Service: Use of Owner's existing water service facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. B. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. C. Electric Power Service: Use of Owner's existing electric power service will be permitted as long as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs,pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. B. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-2 PROJECT#19-23770 C. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. maiT Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulat ions. D. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated ated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touch up signs so they are legible at all times. 4. Install Architect's sign as provided by Architect. Attach to project fence or at other location as designated by Architect. At end of project, remove and store for Architect to collect. E. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 017300 "Execution." having jurisdiction. F. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting equipment"and not temporary facilities. materials are considered "tools and 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated toabe removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. 1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct 11 construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000 "Summary." C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and 004 discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PROJECT#19-23 770 015000 3 Vow 1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant-protection zones. 2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. 3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. 4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed �.. during removal. D. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241;manage fire-prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking .. specified in other Sections. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed.Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation, and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 1. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work. 2. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. 3. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work. B. Exposed Construction Period: Before installation of weather barriers,when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores,protect as follows: 1. Protect porous materials from water damage. 2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 4. Remove standing water from decks. 5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed. - 3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION,AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. ... fton TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 4 PROJECT#19-23770 B. Maintenance: ng condition Maintain facilities in good operating until removal. 1• Maintain operation of temporary ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required results and to avoid possibility of damage. humidity control, quired to achieve indicated C. Temporary p ry Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. temporary security and D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporaryfacilityp n when it has been replaced by authorized use of a e nen when or for its laters than has ended,l Completion. Complete or, if necessary, permanent facility, delayed ion. Co of Complete if n with temporary restore permanent ct no tatthan Substantial e n surfaces, and replacese interference that construction that may P ry facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed •� cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1• Materials and facilities that constitute temporary Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary facilities are property of Contractor. P ry roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development soil and aggregate fill that do not comply g anon materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other et remove ..� P Y with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. petrochemical compounds, and street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary Repair or replace 3 having jurisdiction. p ry entrances, as required At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanentby authorities construction period. Comply facilities used during Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." final cleaning requirements specified in END OF SECTION 015000 Pak ti {{D 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PROJECT#19-23 770 015000 - 5 ... \mo. low 1... *ow .... i •, f V i SECTION 016000-PRODUCT RE UIREMENTS "" 016000 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Su Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. pplementary 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. 7 1.3 DEFINITIONS --,4 A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. •-r 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or i model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another i ct or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. — 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architect through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's product 1is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation. In addition to the basis-of-design product description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, 1ei! function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability,1 characteristics, and other special features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: ce with 1 requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in ana ndividse bualcSpecificatiiont to anSection, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the specifications. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#19-23770 016000 - l I 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS ration of each comparable A. Comparable Product Request Submittal: Sumit request rfabricat on or installatir on method to be replaced. product. Identify basis-of-design product o Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable ... Products" Article. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary,thin rseventdaysl of request ptaoditao���p�information product documentation for evaluation request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation,whichever is later. a. Form of Architect's Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable _ product request within time allocated. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If compatible with productsactor is given option of tpreviou between selected, even two or re if products for use on Project, selectproduct .� previously selected products were also options. 1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products contractors.ntruction methods compatible with products and construction methods 2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible ,_, products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or b— imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior. 1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where "" required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible surface that is not conspicuous. 2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service- connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential for operation, including the following: a. Name of product and manufacturer. b. Model and serial number. c. Capacity. . d. Speed. e. Ratings. 4~ 3. See individual identification sections in Divisions 21, 22, 23, and 26 for additional identification requirements. 016000 - 2 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#19-23770 f H 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means a deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism Comply with willn prevent damage, 1 instructions. manufacturer's written B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site overcrowding of construction spaces. and to prevent 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time "1 are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and for items that losses. other 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's on sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for for , and installing. ' handling, storing, unpacking, 4. Inspect products on delivery ordetemgne compliance with the Contract Do `1 to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. currents and C. Storage: 1• Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of ua 2. Store materials in a man Projectnot endanger structure. q ntity or counti 3• Store products that are subject to damage by the eements, under cov ng of units. enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.a weathertight I 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary installation and concealment. for period of eratur "' 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for tem ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. p e, humidity 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location of materials and hon with Owner. "" 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES i A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, "` warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on 4 other product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1• Manufacturer's Warrant y: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. .•.t 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate 1 identification, ready for execution. terms and 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific i properly executed. P nformation and " PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#19-23770 016000 3 `� . l 4 Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a �• 2. properly execute written document using indicated form p p Y 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. 1 Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." C. Submittal PART 2 -PRO D_US r-- 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. Genera l Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are ... undamaged and,unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effector nonstandard options are 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless customhpt have been produced and used 1....1....ducts specified, provide standard products of types successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting requirements of the Contract Documents. Architect will make 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications ... establish salient characteristics of products. term orr t1 (,, Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied° rements ine'Comparable Products ; approved equal," or "or approved," comply q `,,,, Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. } ish a. Submit additional documentation required by Architect in du ler to st status is bblthe ', equivalency of proposed products. Evaluation of"or equal" p •- Architect,whose determination is final. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Sole Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the dproduct that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for ,� name p Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole product may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements,provide the following: .. e a cturer or 2. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications fa turer or source that single omplies with th requirements provide a product by the named ma ... Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by the following: ... 016000 - 4 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#19-23770 — -•r 3. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both ..r manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: ..." 4. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work '"Itinclude, but are not limited to, the following: " 5. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed thatf manufacturers'com s with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following : 6. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicate d by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: ..." 7. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes,profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience. in C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 5 PROJECT#19-23 770 d D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selects wby �. Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar ase, select a product that density, or texture from manufacturer's mplieh requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, p product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is ,.. consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant product qualities include attributes such as type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements. ti.. 2 Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 3. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses an names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 4. Samples, if requested. B. Submittal Requirements: Approval by the Architect of Contractor's request for use of comparable product is not intended to satisfy other submittal requirements. Comply with ••• specified submittal requirements. END OF SECTION 016000 016000 - 6 .- PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#19-23770 blow PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION FORM EMAIL TO PROJECT ARCHITECT: cody.vanasse(a�ISGinc.com ... ISG, INC. 314 E. 4TH STREET WATERLOO, IA 50703 TEL: (319)234-1515 PROJECT#19-23770: CITY OF WATERLOO 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS SKYWALK RENOVATION ..,, We hereby submit for your consideration the following product as substitute for specified item for the above project: SECTION PAGE PARAGRAPH/LINE SPECIFIED ITEM 10•04 Proposed Substitution: Attach complete product description, drawings,photographs,performance and test data, warranty, information and other information necessary for evaluation. Identify specific model numbers, finishes,options,etc. A. Will changes be required to building design or drawing dimensions in order to properly install proposed substitution? Yes No . If yes,explain. B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design,including engineering and drawings costs,caused by requested substitution? Yes No C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item. D. What affect does substitution have on other trades? E. Does manufacturer's warranty of the proposed substitution differ from that specified? Yes No If yes,explain Submitted by: For architect's use only: ""lt Signature Accepted _Accepted As Noted Firm Not accepted Received too Late Address By: Date: 'aral Date: i — — Remarks: TELEPHONE: FAX: EMAIL: SECTION 017300- EXECUTION 017300 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Installation of the Work. 2. Cutting and patching. 1 3. Progress cleaning. 4. Starting and adjusting. 5. Protection of installed construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of ' ± subsequent work. a B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that,when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. EXECUTION 017300 - 1 PROJECT#19-23770 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location utilities,mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. ... B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1. Description of the Work. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. ►... C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. EXECUTION 017300 - 2 PROJECT#19-23770 D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installin product applications indicated. g p s in C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. AM Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Where possible, select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to p be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with •1 indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 2. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work. 1. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work. EXECUTION 017300 PROJECT#19-23770 3 3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. _ Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. of other s or formance 1. Cut in-place construction, o construction ct onand subsequently patch asrequired tonrestoretsurfaces to their of other cons , "' original condition. B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. L- D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 011000 "Summary." 1 -.t Ut ems: here ystems F. are Existing red to Services emo ed, elocated,Mechanical/Electricalor abandoned,t bypass such services/systems before are required to � cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. L. G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, not and with L. minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections,where applicable. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure. 4 EXECUTION 017300 -4 PROJECT#19-23770 i I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils,putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. , 7 3.5 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. if 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark 'Icontainers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. ~ 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors 1 are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. t C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the t entire work area, as appropriate. li D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. 7 E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. —, F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materialial s on-site. Do not wash waste mater down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in S s ection 01500 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." 0 `..t H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection fro adjoining damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. m 1. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through 1 the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. 7 I 1 EXECUTION PROJECT#19-23770 017300- 5 I i J. Limiting Exposures:osures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful,dangerous,damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. irect the wner and K. If cleaning is not done according to the above schedule, wilyleach payOup to $20 or other agencies to perform such cleaning prime contractors per hour for such work. 3.6 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain cond itions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. L. B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection condition and ensure that existing items to remain th t existed at commencement of the undisturbed by construction are maintained Work. C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 017300 L , 017300 - 6 EXECUTION PROJECT#19-23770 I SECTION 017310- CUTTING AND PATCHING 017310 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. I 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operating elements include the following: 1. Primary operational systems and equipment. 2. Air or smoke barriers. 3. Fire-suppression systems. 4. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. 5. Control systems. 6. Communication systems. 7. Conveying systems. 8. Electrical wiring systems. 9. Operating systems of special construction in Division 13 Sections. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Miscellaneous elements include the following: CUTTING AND PATCHING 017310 - 1 1 PROJECT#19-23770 Imm 1. Water,moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Exterior curtain-wall construction. 4. Equipment supports. -- � 5. Piping, ductwork,vessels, and equipment. 6. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems. D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. E. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. bow PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS �. A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that,when installed, — will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CUTTING AND PATCHING 017310 - 2 PROJECT#19-23770 MI 1 1 3.2 PREPARATION `1 A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. I B. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. 1 Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be I exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage i to adjoining areas. 7D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. 7 B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply i with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not ' hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 74. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. 1 C. Patching: Patch construction by filling,repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as 1 i possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections. 7 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 1 CUTTING AND PATCHING 017310 - 3 1 PROJECT#19-23770 1 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 6- 3. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition. D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint,mortar, oils,putty, and similar materials. END OF SECTION 017310 L. CUTTING AND PATCHING 017310-4 6— I PROJECT#19-23770 1 SECTION 017700- CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to,the following: "1 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1 1 PROJECT#19-23770 1 B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction ..� permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. �.. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, .. spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect.Label with manufacturer's name and model number. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's and/or Owner's signature for receipt of submittals. 5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days -- prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. 6. Advise Owner of changeover in utility services. 7. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 8. Complete final cleaning requirements. 9. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect,that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-2 PROJECT#19-23770 7, i 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final -,i completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 012900 "Payment Procedures." 7 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. '.., 4. All trailers, access roads, construction signs, unused, broken or demolition materials have been removed from the site and the premises returned to the original condition in the opinion of the Architect. I '1 5. Lien waiver or Final Release of Claim Form from General Contractor. r B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of ..,, 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. If additional visits are required because the work has not been completed satisfactorily, the Architect (also the Engineer for Mechanical and Electrical Contracts), will bill the 7 Owner for these visits, and this cost will be deducted from the Contractor's final payment. The cost of these visits will be figured at our current hourly rate from the Architect's office to the site and back again, plus mileage for that travel at the current allowed IRS rate per mile. An equal allowance will be allowed for the Engineer from their office. 7 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if 7 necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 3 7 PROJECT#19-23770 1 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: _ a. Project name. b. Date. _. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. MS Excel electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. b. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. c. Web-based project software upload. Utilize software feature for creating and updating list of incomplete items (punch list). d. Three paper copies. Architect will return two copies. 1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. _.. D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item.Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. 1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect or by email to Architect. E. Warranties in Paper Form: 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark r.. tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. 4. Submit to Architect for approval. F. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 -4 PROJECT#19-23770 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS '4 A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. , PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution ..y regulations. -' f B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and 7 maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. i 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification 1 of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. 1 c. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from 7 Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, 7 free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. 1 g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts,trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics,and similar spaces. h. Remove labels that are not permanent. 1 i. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. 7 J. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 5 7 PROJECT#19-23770 I C. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. END OF SECTION 017700 Irma IWO CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700- 6 PROJECT#19-23770 7 SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 1.2 SUMMARY 7 A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals. 2. Product maintenance manuals. 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS 7 A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. -.1 B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 7 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 7 1. Architect will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect or by email to Architect. Enable reviewer i comments on draft submittals. , 7 AND/OR 7 2. Submit three paper copies.Architect will return two copies. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1 7 PROJECT#19-23770 1 C. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. D. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. 1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Manuals, Paper Copy and Digital Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard-copy, bound and labeled volumes along with a digital-copy on USB flash drive or shared via online file sharing database. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve L_ on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross- reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-1 1-inch white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced,punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, �. and drawing locations. L.. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 2 PROJECT#19-23770 1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATION,AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. v 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. 1 B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 4 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Architect. 7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. sou E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 1.7 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3 PROJECT#19-23770 D. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. - 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. END OF SECTION 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 -4 PROJECT#19-23770 SECTION 017839-PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with one of the following: 1. Paper Copies: Submit one set(s)of marked-up record prints. 2. Digital Copies: Submit a digital copy of marked-up record drawings via electronic file sharing database or USB flash drive. B. Record Specifications: Comply with one of the following: 1. Paper Copies: Submit one paper copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. 2. Digital Copies: Submit a digital copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit one paper copy and/or a digital copy of each submittal. 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual. 1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. { 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1 .41 PROJECT#19-23770 e w,r a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation. — 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. 1 b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. ‘‘,. c. Depths of foundations. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. L e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. r•, i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. 1. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted 1—„ from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification,where applicable. " B. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. lawn 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. — 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification.Include identification in each digital data file. ..9 4. Identification: As follows: r- a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. 1 e. Name of Contractor. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839- 2 PROJECT#19-23770 1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications,addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable. .114 B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file. 1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project Pal record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable. C. Format: Submit record Product Data as paper copy. 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. 1.7 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 017839 .114 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 3 PROJECT#19-23770 SECTION 024119- SELECTIVE STRUCTU ""'t GENERAL RE DEMOLITION PART 1 - 024119 I 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 I A. Drawings and general provisions Conditions and enr Division 01 of the Contract i Specification Sectionsincluding to General and Supplementary P +r� apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 41 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from indicated to be removed and salvaged or construction removed and reinstalled. y dispose of them off-site, unless �`' B. Remove and Salva : stalled. e Detach items from existing construction in a manner to prevent damage and deliver them to '' C. Remove and Reinstall: N reinstall them where Detachicated. items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and i.i D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of-construction that are not to be removed otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salva ed o !f g r removed and reinstal edhat are not 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP I 7 RSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste-becomes r i B. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, property contents,oc commemorativeg, but not limited to, 1 Owner that plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of cornerstonesinterest and their Carefullymay be encountered during remove and selective demolition remain Owner's orpr value to. II 7 promptly to Owner. salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver l 14, 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ram, A. fi Demolition Firm Qualifications: �{ similar inAn experienced material and extent to that indicated for this Project. nn that has specialized in demolition work ..4 B. Refrigerant Recovery ry Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DE w PROJECT#19-23770 DEMOLITION I 024119- 1 ti governing EPA notification regulationso authorities re � C. Regulatoryn Requirements: Comply with g and disposal regulations beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling beg g. !"' having jurisdiction. l with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241. D. Standards: Comply 1 with requirements in Review comply withandq procedures Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comp y E. Management and Coordination." following:eviewmethods Division 1 Section "Project Manag but not limited to, � related to selective demolition including, to be selectively demolished. 1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure availability of materials, 3' ed to make progress and avoid �- Review and finalize selective equipment, and facilities le need and verify demolition personnel, equipment, delays. performed by other trades that rely on substrates expose — 4. Review requirements of work by selective demolition operations. areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection. 5. Review — 1.6 PROJECT CONDITION S immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Yr occupyonions of building disrupted.A. Owner t wille selective p Co nduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be dtsrup Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section"Summary."maintained by Owner as __ 1' p will be B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose far as practical. between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding � C. Notify Architect of discrepanciesy with selective demolition. known whether hazardous material will be encountered in the +_ i D. Hazardous Materials: It is un Work. do not disturb; immeddiaar is sus ected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, 1. If matal p Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under tely notify Architect and — a separate contract. G. Storag e e or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. ice and protect them utilities indicated to remain in sere H. Utility Service:during selective existingntain demolition operations. against damage erations. 1. Main tain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition op 17 WARRANTY replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces id existing rwarranties.damaged A. duringng Warranties: Remove, selective demolition,by methods and with materials so as not 024119 -2 -� SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION ! PROJECT#19-23770 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION j I 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine �r selective demolition required. extent of C. Items noted on demolition plans not withstanding, contractor will be responsible for all demolition required to perform the work, whether shown or not. No additional remuneration will be paid for this work. D. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. " E. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements t re ', function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature a aodflict with inted Promptly submit a written report to Architect. nd extent of conefndlict. F. Engage a professional engineer to perform an engineering' anti determine whether removing any element might g sult�n�structuralf deficiency ition of building n lag to collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structure during selective demolition need emolition operations. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS i% A. Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and rot against damage during selective demolition operations. P ect them 1. Comply with requirements for existing services/systems interruptions specified Division 1 Section "Summary." in IB. Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off f services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.indicated utility 1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor. 2. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 3. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary area of selective demolition and that maintain continuityy of services/s services/systems to other that bypass parts of building. 7 -, SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 7 PROJECT#19-23770 024119 - 3 i 1 3.3 PREPARATION d A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective eede woliti n and debriays, s-rand other operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, str ,adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division 1 Section r "Temporary Facilities and Controls." j Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades ded and ro remainon required to prevent .� B. p injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings ection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and 1. Provide prot ►.. to and from occupied portions of building. of 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition leakage P existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to � and damage to structure and interior areas. ` 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations.4. Coverpr mov otect — d. and furniture,furnishings, and equipment that dust h veol, heat nre dove cooling Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, specified in Division 1 Section"Temporary Facilities and Controls." required ural as C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain entshoring,bracin and settlement, org ollapse oftconst utionsand finishes — to preserve stability and prevent movement, to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction — being demolished. Stren then or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 1. g ... SELECTIVE DEMOLITION GENERAL 3.4 A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction to complete the Work wlthremulimitations d of construction and as indicated. Use methods required governing regulations and as follows: to r level. 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher dilowe g support replete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier members on the next lower level. 2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring .— existing finished surfaces. 3. Do not use cutting torches until work are interiors,verify condition and contentsa is cleare of flammable rof hidden �•ials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe m space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 4. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 5. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 6. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris ing and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting sframing. j 7. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. 024119 -4 SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION PROJECT#19-23770 .. 11 aB. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. ~ 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new 1 materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. 4.1 C. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, milprotected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their , original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. ri* 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS I A. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, i using power-driven saw,then remove masonry between saw cuts. 1 B. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than can be covered in one day by new roofing and .1 so that building interior remains watertight and weathertight. Refer to Division 7 Section 075323 —EPDM Roofing for new roofing requirements. elit 1. Remove existing roof membrane, flashings, copings, and roof accessories. I 2. Remove existing roofing system down to substrate. 'l 3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or 04 otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill. .,t 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. i2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. all 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 4. Comply with requirements specified in Division l Section "Construction Waste Management." III i' B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. 1 _ C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. ,, 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective rail demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. 1 SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024119 - 5 IPROJECT#19-23770 3.8 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE A. Existing Items to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Granite parapet caps. END OF SECTION 024119 ti SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024119 - 6 PROJECT#19-23770 yolk 051200-STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 PART 1 - GEC mat l.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.and Supplementary 1.2 SUMMARY —. A. This Section includes the following: 1• Structural steel. 2. Grout. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural-steel frame, as classified by AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." i 1.4 PERFORMANCE RE UIREMENTS A. Connections: Provide details of connections required by the Contract Documentsi or completed by structural-steel fabricator, to withstand loads indicated to be selected information and restrictions indicated. and comply with other 1 B. Moment Connections: Type FR, fully restrained. 1 C. Construction: Moment frame "" 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components. -- 1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Include embedment drawings. 3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols distinguishing between shop and field welds, g , type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. 4. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop an Identify pretensioned and slip-critical high-strength bolted connections. d field bolts. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 'IlkPROJECT#19-23 770 051200- 1 1 1.6 ..., \ INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer,fabricator,testing agency. B. Welding certificates. lied over shop primers, C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats app ,� certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. D. Mill test reports for structural steel, including chemical and physical properties. pernes. r.. E. Product Test Reports: For the following: 1. Structural steel including chemical and physical properties. 2. Bolts,nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 3. Direct-tension indicators. 4. Tension-control,high-strength bolt-nut-washer assemblies. 5. Shear stud connectors. 6. Shop primers. 7. Nonshrink grout. MOM F. Source quality-control reports. 1.7 UALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Three years. B. Installer Qualifications: Three years. sti cat d C. Shop-Painting Applicators: � n Qualified according to AISC's Sopi Shoped Paint Endorsement,or SSPC-QP 3, "Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of D. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding .. Code--Steel." E. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 1.8 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING �.. g A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel mProtecterstofl ground andr spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports andspacers. members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. L_. that t cause distortion, damage, or 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner Repair sohr replace damaged materials or overload to members or supporting st structures as directed. 2. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become d ry or rusty before use. 051200-2 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PROJECT#19-23770 I � 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply nt and coating manufacturers' recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topco is are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other constron without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructs nnscand "Q directions for installation. C. Inform Structural Engineer of existing conditions that differ from the construction documents. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS A. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992. B. Channels,Angles, M and/or S-Shapes: ASTM A 36. C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36. D. Corrosion-Resisting Structural-Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 588, Grade 50. E. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing. F. Corrosion-Resisting Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 847, structural tubing. 1 G. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B. 1. Weight Class: Standard. 2. Finish: Black, except where indicated to be galvanized. ti H. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. dief 2.2 BOLTS CONNECTORS AND ANCHORS A. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade C, heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436, Type I, hardened carbon-steel washers; all with plain finish. 1. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325 compressible-washer type. B. Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F 1852, Type 1, heavy hex or round head steel structural bolts with splined ends; ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. Finish: Plain STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PROJECT#19-23770 051200-3 4 ti C. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36. 1. Configuration: Straight or hooked. 2. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon steel. 3. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36 carbon steel. 4. Washers: ASTM F 436 hardened carbon steel. 5. Finish: Plain. D. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36. 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon steel. 2. Plate Washers: ASTM A36 carbon steel. 3. Washers: ASTM F 436 hardened carbon steel. 4. Finish: Plain. E. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36. 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon steel. 2. Washers: ASTM F 436. 3. Finish: Plain. 2.3 PRIMER A. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate-free,nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer. 2.4 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. 2.5 FABRICATION F icate A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop r Stee greatest Buildings and Bridges" and AISC's Wow according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design." 2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. B. Weld Connections: Comply e welds and for with AWSmethods used in1.1 for procedure correcting orrect ng welding works' tolerances, appearance, and quality 051200-4 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PROJECT#19-23770 I i 2.7 SHOP PRIMING { A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: 1• Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend primin of "' members to a depth of 2 inches. g partially embedded 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections. -- 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials. 5. Galvanized surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. �" spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according g to followingtheemove o ose t and mill scale and standards: specifications and ...4, 1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning." 2. SSPC-Sp 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer written instructions and at rate recommended p Y p ovi according to manufacturer'sssofo � less than 1.5 mils. Use primingby SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not 1 and exposed surfaces. methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, �'t I 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop paint to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. D. Painting: Prepare steel and apply � PS Guide 7.00, "PaintingSystem Guide 7.00: Guide for Selecting One-Coat Shop Painting t, nonasphaltic primer complying with SSPC- i '"iti Systems," to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. 2•8 GALVANIZING C A- Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel according to ASTM A 123. 1•2. Fill vent holes and grind smooth after galvanizing. Galvanize exterior lintels and shelf angles attached to structural-steel frame in exterior walls. and located i 2.9 SOURCE UALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency - Owner may engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and inspections and prepare test reports. l PART3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 4 A. Verify elevations of concrete and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of bearing plates, and other embedments, with steel erector present, for corn anchor wdh requirements. p an with STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING i aill, PROJECT#19-23 770 1 + 051200- 5 B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. f 3.2 ERECTION N ae ding to AISC's i A, Set stru ctural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indic t Span fiaccor for Structural "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings andBridges Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design." I 3.3 FIELD CONNECTIONS r., s" for type of bolt and type of joint ,... High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts oaccording ordingo RCSC's "Specification for A. g1. Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. B. Weld Connections: procedure specifications, tolerances, ,` li with AWS o of welds and for methods used in1.1 for correcting welding work. E appearance, and qua lit 1. Comply with AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges". L. i FIELD UALITY CONTROL 3.4 p g agencyto Agency: Owner may engage a qualified independent testingand inspecting ... A. Testing Ag y� - inspect field welds and high-strength bolted connections. 3.5 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galva nized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and repair ... galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean exposed areas where primer is damaged or �— B To p paintingto comply with SSPC-PA 1 missing and paint with surfaces.ria] as used for shop for touching up shop-paintedower tool 1 I. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP power-tool painting specified in Division 09 painting C. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup p g are Sections. END OF SECTION 051200 w. 051200- 6 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PROJECT#19-23770 lI 061000-ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 PART 1 - GE_ NFL i 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, includingGe 9 and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.neral and Supplementar y Conditions 7 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. i 2. Wood blocking and nailers. 3. Connectors and supports. 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but less than 5 inches nominal in B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include 1. RJS: Redwood Inspection Service. the following: 2. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 3. W WPA: Western Wood Products Association. 7 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS � A. Product Data: For each type of ude construrocess and ationtan ry-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and in 1 1• Include data for wood-preservative treatment d application details. certification by from chemical treatment manufacturer and .y treating plant that treated materials comply type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained requirements. Indicate 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials com 1 physical properties of treated materials based on testing y ith requirements. Include testing agency. g by a qualified independent 3. For fire-retardant treatments specified to be High-Temperature Ai", physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to eleva temperatures, based on testin b (HT) type, include ed ASTM D 5664. g y a q p ualified independent testing agency according tto 4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moi treated materials was reduced to levels specified bef 5. Include copies of warranties from chemical ore shipment to Project site content of treatment. treatment manufacturers for each type of B. Fastener Patterns: Full-size templates for fasteners in exposed framing. W► PROJE CT#19-23770 061000 - 1 1 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS unit A. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified toscom dl design minimum approved abyllowable the stresses. Indicate species and gradeu selected for each ALSC Board of Review. 1.6 UALITY ASSURANCE e of engineered wood A. Source Limitations for Engineered Wood Products: Obtain each typ product through one source from a single manufacturer. produced from wood B. Forest Certification: For the following wood products, provide materials obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, ,,., t "Principles and Criteria": 1. Dimension lumber framing. 2. Laminated veneer lumber. 3. Miscellaneous lumber. 1.7 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 -PROS TS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS GENERAL grading agency applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If nog g .. A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and y rules-writing w iting by the isindicated, provide lumber that complies with the lumpberagraded b of annagrul y-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review�ade lumber under the rules indicated. � ALSC Board of Review to inspect and g Wherepiece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Where 1. mark each provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for nominal sizes are indicated, moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. thickness or less, no B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 15 percent for 2-inch nominal limit for more than 2-inch nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED LUMBER fromx pliquid r ay bei treated in A. Pres ervative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C20, except that lumber that is not m contact with the ground and is continuously protected according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron(SBX). 061000 2 ROUGH CARPENTRY PROJECT#19-23770 i sit! I I. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing arsenic or chromium. 2 For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, ei no 7 formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through,uor otherwise ,,,� adversely affect finishes. otherwise B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated I .ei, 19 percent. Do not use C. material. Mark lumber with treatment approved quality mark of an inspection agencyby the ALSC Board of Review. 0.4 1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued all‘ agency. by D. Application: Treat items indicated on : Drawings, and the following: g 1 Wood blocking and similar concealed members in contact with masonr y or concrete. -ri‘ 2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, use materials . by testinrequirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and with fire- j test-response characteristics specified as determined complying with method indicated by a qualified testing agency. g identical products per test B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended anProducts with a flame I wit the flame front not extending with additionalrieof minutes, and i time during the test. more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any i 1. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 2 Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above for fire-retardant-treated lumber and plywood by pressure process after beingsubjected �'� accelerated weathering according to ASTM D 2898. Use for exterior locations and where indicated. J ted to 3. Interior Type A: Yp Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less -.t when tested according to ASTM D 3201 at 92 percent relative humidi j exterior type is not indicated. ty. Use where Cmai . Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent. 19 percent. Kiln dry D. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification I .....4, agency. nation marking of qualified testing 1, 1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural I each piece. finish, mark end or back of i ROUGH CARPENTRY ' PROJECT#19-23 770 061000 - 3 exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations .... E. For ex P contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. that do not bleed through, F. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: '" 1. Concealed blocking. �. 2. Roof construction. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. Ge neral: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: , ... \ 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. provide Construction or No. 2 grade lumber with 19 B. For items of dimension lumber size, percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species: 1. Mixed southern pine; SPIB. 2. Hem-fir;WCLIB,or WWPA.3. Spruce-pine-fir(south);NeLMA,WCLIB,or WWPA. — 4. Western woods;WCLIB or WWPA• kin and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to C. For bloc g eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. 2.5 FASTENERS i typeGl: rovide fasteners of size and indicated that comply with requirements specified +� A. inthisaArtc le for material and manufacture. 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating 4.+ complying with ASTM A 153. 1 B. Nails,Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. f C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. E. Lag Bolts: ASME B 18.2.1. with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; where indicated,flat washers. -- 061000 - 4 ROUGH CARPENTRY PROJECT#19-23770 agt mig G. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve as capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 timesassembly the load imposed when below with unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed o s determined by testinge per ASTM E 488 conducted bya q pconcrete as inspecting agency. qualified independent testing and 1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION GENERAL I 7 A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with membersplumb, true i fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate to line, cut, and Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements i for attaching other construction. fit. I + B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's "Details for Conventional Wood Construction,"unless otherwise indicated. Frame C. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 1 D. Provide fire blocking in furred as in spaces, stud spaces, and other concealed cavities as follows: indicated and 1. Fire block furred spaces of walls, at each floor level, at ceiling, and at not more than 96 inches o.c. with solid wood blocking or noncombustible materials accurately fitted to -q close furred spaces. 2. Fire block concealed spaces of wood-framed walls and partitions at each floor level, at ceiling line of top story, and at not more than 96 inches o.c. Where fire blocking is not obi inherent in framing system used, provide closely fitted solid wood blocks of same width as framing members and 2-inch nominal- thickness. 3. Fire block concealed spaces between floor sleepers with same material as slee e limit concealed spaces to not more than 100 sq. p rs to -=� partitions. ft. and to solidly fill space below t 4. Fire block concealed spaces behind combustible cornices and exterior trim at not more than 20 feet o.c. "'t E. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere -4 function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of jointsf a optimum joint arrangement. or or I F. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservati I` lumber. ve treated 1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water. 2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water. ROUGH CARPENTRY ""1. PROJECT#19-23770 I 061000- 5 h entry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, .. G. Securely attach rough carpentry complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. and Table 23-II-B-2, "Wood Structural Panel Roof } 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code. 3. Table 23-II-B-I, "Nailing Schedule," 9 Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in ICBO's Uniform Building Code. 4. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2), 4”, "Alternate Attachments," in ICC's International Residential Code for One- and Two- - Family Dwellings. t H. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fastenersw r fr size that e will moteri fully s. penetrate members where opposite side will be expos Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; do not �.. countersink nail heads, unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 WOOD BLOCKING AND NAILER INSTALLATION for attachin other work. Form to shapes indicated A. Install where indicated and where required g ir.. and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. t w B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 PROTECTION from weather. If, despite A-rr tered borate treatment. A. Protect wood that c bo on treated wood becomes EPA-registered inorganic wet, apply EP g protection, inorganic Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. END OF SECTION 061000 061000 - 6 ROUGH CARPENTRY PROJECT#19-23770 SECTION 061600_ — SHEATHING __ PART 1 - GEC 061600 1.1 RELATED i At, DOCUMENTS �+ A. Drawings and Conditions and Divisiongeneral provisions of 01 visionSpecification Contract, including f"! SUMMARY Sections, apply ect General and Supplementary ( 1.2 SU PPl to this PPleme .44 A. Section Includes: I. Wall sheathing. 2• Parapet sheathing. 3• Sheathing joint and penetration treatment. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For .;� materials and dimensions type of process and ns and include factory-fabricated 1. Includeconstruction and Product. Indicate co Include t on for Wood- application details. component preservative "� y treating treatment type of preservative g plant that treated from chemical treat 2 Include used and net a plywood meat manufacturer and data for fire-retardant mount of preservative with req uirements. Indicate "q y treatingtreatment from Physical Plant that treated m chemical treatment 3 For fire-retardant properties of treated materials. plywoodmanufacturer and tardant treatments, complies with req uirements. Include testingagencyto elevated temperatures, properties 4. For according mperatures, based of treated Plywood products receivingorg to ASTM D 5516. on testing bya both before treated waterborne qualified independent materials was reduced to treatment, specified include before statement that ] 4 pecified shipment moisture content INFORMATIO Pment to Project site. of NAL SUBMITTALS ""/ { A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES: 2. Wood-preservative-treated " Fire-retardant-treated pl wood. plywood. j. -� 1.5 ALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: retardant-treated material For testing agency providing classification representative performs inspections to acceptable to marking for fire- S bearing the classification diction thatATIIING PROJECT marking is #19-23770 061600- 1 .. AND HANDLING provide air circulation. DELIVERY STORAGE between each bundle top securely anchored. •- 1.6 beneath and betw waterproof sheeting, witho spacers covering with Stack panels flat from weather by 1 A. sheathing under coverings. `� Protect provide for air circulation around stacks an ,t 1 PART 2-PROS NTS ualified testing �� PERFORMANCE RE UIREME STM E 119; testing by a q 2.1 P ire according to ASTM testing agency. Ratings: As tested s of applicable Fire-Resistance R appropriate marking "Fire Resistance A. Identify products with agency design designations from UL s s Indicated by qualified testing agency.Fire-Resistance Rating s of another 1• „ or from the listing Directory aTED PLYWOOD UC2 for interior PRESERVATIVE-TREATED AUI; Use Category not in 2.2 Process: A Use Category y UC2 foron byPressure o UC3b ground. L. \ \ Preservative Treatment round, Use Category contact with A. not in contact with ground, for items in containing no constructionround,and Use Category jurisdiction and 1... contact with g Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having Preservative agency acceptable to 1• inspection g �, arsenic or chromium• of an with appropriate classification markingmasonry or Mark plywood with m ', B. jurisdiction. in contact .r authorities having J Drawings and plywood rin cn n indicated on vapor barriers,and.waterproofing.C. Application: Treat items flashing, concrete or used with roofing, ANT-TREATED PLYWOOD use materials complying `With FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED and with fire- test-response 2 3 materials are indicated, table to authorities jurisdictionhavinggdl products per test •► Where fire-retardant-treated testing A. General: this articlee that arec acceptable by requirements inspecified of 25 characteristics sp agency. s read index 1r- mequalified testing g ame_ p method indicated by a qflame-spread significant progressive Plywood by Pressure Process Products me the flame frontx onot5 etardant Ttedted according ASTM E 84, and minutes, and of si the test. B. Fire-Retardant-Treated ire Rtimeh during ►- tested according to an additional 20 burners at any or tlens whengwhen the 10.5 isextendede the centerline of the combustion feet bey extending more than metal fasteners. ti- romote corrosion of m requirements specified above for fue- 1 withm taq subjected to accelerated 1 Use treatment that does not te materials shall complyafter being where indicated. 2. Exterior Type:Treated by pressure process retardant-treated plywood o ASTM D 2898. Use for exterior locations and weathering according 061600 -2 SHEATHING PROJECT#19-23770 C. Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent. Do not u ,4.1 material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. se D. Identify fire-retardant-treated plywood with appropriate classification markingof qualified testing agency. E. Application: Treat plywood indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Roof and wall sheathing within 48 inches of fire party walls. 2. Roof sheathing. 2.4 WALL SHEATHING A. Plywood Sheathing: DOC PS 1, Exterior sheathing. 1. Span Rating:Not less than 16/0. 2. Nominal Thickness: Not less than 1/2 inch. 2.5 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in 11, this article for material and manufacture. 1. For roof parapet and wall sheathing, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. IB. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptah le to auth having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. orrties •.� D. Screws for Fastening Sheathing to Wood Framing: ASTM C 1002. PART 3 -EXECUTION • 3.1 INSTALLATION GENERAL A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members. B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction unless otherwise indicated. 1 C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following: g 1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the ICC's International Building Code. 2. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in the ICC's International Residential Code for One- and Two- Family Dwellings. 3. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener. agail SHEATHING PROJECT#19-23770 061600 - 3 D. Use common wire nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully •— penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections.Install fasteners without splitting wood. h nt E. Coordinate wall parapet and roof shng n Isequlenclenandltmannerhlthatapreventtexterior installation so these materials are installed moisture from passing through completed assembly. �- F. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements. G. Coordinate sheathing installation h installation exposed at end of the installed workday when rain is sheathing is not exposed to precipitation forecast. END OF SECTION 061600 Imo. 061600 - 4 SHEATHING PROJECT#19-23770 070150 -PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING 070150 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification-Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Roof tear-off — 2. Roof re-cover preparation. 3. Removal of base flashings. i .� 1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, reinstalled, or otherwise ..,� remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's ro e indicatedn shall e removed from Project site. property riy and shall be "`I 1.4 DEFINITIONS I A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing "i and Waterproofing Manual"for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section. 1 4 B. Existing Membrane Roofing System: Built-up asphalt roofing membrane, surfacin components and accessories between deck and roofing membrane. g and 1 C. Substrate Board: Rigid board or panel products placed over the roof deck that barriers, provide a smooth substrate, or serve as a component of a fire-resistance-rated roofing `°"1 serve as thermal system. 4411 D. Roof Tear-Off: Removal of existing membrane roofing system from deck. E. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and reinstalled. -- F. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not indicated to be removed. 7 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING PROJECT#19-23 770 070150 - 1 1 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. `. B. Fastener pull-out test report. otorahs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site C. g P improvements, including exterior and interior finish surfaces, before Workbegins,be misconstrued as having been damaged by reroofing operations. Submit1... 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installer of new membrane roofing system. ` B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginningmembrane roofing removal. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of L. authorities having jurisdiction. 4 o y with C. in I Reroofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project tReviewlmethods andlprocedures I Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." related to roofing system including,but not limited to,the following: ' d agency IL 1. Meet with Owner; Architect; Owner's insurer if applicable;t vtin deckg anInspecting roofing representative; roofing system manufacturer's p rs whose Installer including project manager, superintendent,installers of roof accessorreman; and ies and roof- `.. work interfaces with or affects reroofing including mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures relatedo preparation, including membrane ►� roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review temporary protection requirements for existing roofing system that is to remain, during and after installation. in and 4. Review roof drainage during each stage of reroofing and review roof drain plugging .. plug removal procedures. 5. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer s personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 6. d Owner 7. Review procedures existing deck removal to determinerocedures cori ton and acceptance fcations. ler of existing deck for reuse. 7. Review ' 8. Review structural loading limitations of deck during reroofing. equipment curbs, ... 9. Review base flashings, special roofing details, drainage, penetrations, and condition of other construction that will affect reroofing. 10. Review IIVAC shutdown and sealing of air intakes. 6+ 11. Review shutdown of fire-suppression, -protection, and -alarm and -detection systems. 12. Review procedures for asbestos removal or unexpected discovery of asbestos-containing materials. 13. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if ti- applicable. 14. Review existing conditions that may require notification of Architect before proceeding. 070150 - 2 PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING PROJECT#19-23770 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS ( A so Owner's. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately reroofing Conduct reroofing operations will not be disrupted. Provide Owner with not less than 1 7 of activities that may affect Owner's operations. 48 hours'notice 1• Coordinate work activities daily leakage co ers r sensve with Owner so Owner can or -detection e equipment or furnishings, place protective dust or water equipment if needed, and evacuate occupants from below desired.- t HVACtand work areaarm 2 the if j Before working over structurally occupantsw fromk below affected area impaired areas of deck 1 been evacuatedprior to the affected Verify deck, notify Owner to evacuate Pfy hat occupants below the work area have B. g with work over the impaired deck area. ,,,� Protect building to be reroofed,Protect and landscaping toca in , adjacent buildings, walkways,P g from damage or soiling y site improvements C. Maintain access to existingg from reroofing operations.improvements, exterior 5''1 walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or D. Owner assumes no responsibilityused facilities. for condition of areas to be reroofed. mot, 1• Conditions existing at time of inspection as practical. for bidding will be maintained by E. Limit construction loads on roof to rooftop Owner as far distributed loads. equipment wheel loads and 30 psf for uniformly F• Weather Limitations: "�f weathere conditions Proceed with reroofing preparation only 1 or building. permit Work to proceed without water entering into existing and forecasted into existing roofing system G. Hazardous Materials: It is not materials will be encountered in thexpected e Work.that hazardous materials such as asbestos-containing — 1• If materials suspected of containing immediately note hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; ontract and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate c PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 AUXILIARY REROOFING MATERIALS — A. General: Auxiliary manufacturer for intended use and components preparation materials recommended by roofing matem. compatible with system of new membrane roofing sys"'� B. Base Sheet Fasteners: Capped head, Guide." factory-coated steel fasteners, listed in FMG's "Approval 4-1 C. Metal Flashing Sheet: Metal flashing sheet is specified in Division 07 Sectio Flashing and Trim." n "Sheet Metal PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING PROJECT#19-23770 070150 - 3 i PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION of the Work. Cover ui ment in the vicinity qualityor Coordinate with Owner to shut down air intake equipment �, A. before proceeding with reroofing work that could affect indoor air air intake louvers activate smoke detectors in the ductwork. have sufficient and suitable materials on-site to facilitate rapid � , During removal operations, I B• protection in the event of unexpected rain. P installation of temporary at end of each workday. roof drains in functioning condition to ensure roof drainage � C. Maintain or blocking roof drains and conductors.end of each workday,plugsun Preventpc debris fromgn entering Remove roof-drain plugs at specifically designed for this purpose. ` no work is taking place,or when rain is forecast. system removal drains will be temporarily blocked oro Ping sy emd due rooide alternative drainage 4 1 If roof �, Do not permit water to enter into or methodor al installationremoe watero and eliminate membrane components that are to remain. underi remove membrane roofing system p omp g - under existing L. D. Verify that rooftop utilitie s and service piping have been shut off before commencing Work. 3.2 ROOF TEAR OFF A. General: Notify Owner each week of extent of roof tear-off proposed for the week and obtain authorization to proceed. B. Remove aggregate ballast from roofing membrane. C. Remove loose aggregate from aggregate-surfaced built-up bituminous roofing with a power broom. membrane roofing. D. Remove protection mat and extruded-polystyrene insulation from protectedt... insulation that is wet and exceeds 8 lb/cu. /cu. damage. Discard extruded-polystyrene 1' insulation for reuse and protect romp . 2. Store extruded-polystyrenes stem emove existing roofing membrane and other membrane roofing y E. Roof Tear-Off: R components down to the deck. 1. firmlybonded to concrete decks are permitted to remain if felts — Remove cover boards,are ation and substrate boards. 2. Bitumen and felts thatwet felts. are dry. Remove unadhere kbitumen fasteners fel offand slightly above deck surface. 3• Remove fasteners from deck 070150 - 4 PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING PROJECT#19-23770 1 7 3.3 DECK PREPARATION A. Inspect deck after tear-off of memb rane roofing system. 1• Verify that concrete substrate is visibly moisturerify y plasconcrete c se substrate method according thy and free of moisture. Test for pint ofo roofing asphalt on deck at start of each daysbynotroofing work and at start of each roof area or hot Dasphalt test proceed foams or can beifeasilyoisture condenses under theplane. and cleanly stripped plastic sheet or if B. If broken or loose fasteners that secure deck PP d after cooling. "'�` or if deck appearsorpanels to one another or to structure are observed, withriinstallation deck until directed inadequately attached, immediate) by Architect. immediately notify Architect. Do ved, not proceed -s C. If deck surface is not suitable for receiving new roofing, suspect, immediately notify Architect. Do not or if structural integrity of deck is proceed with installation until directed by Architect. D. Provide additional deck securement as indicated on Dra wings. awings. "'t 3.4 EXISTING BASE FLASIIINGS 1 A. Remove existing base flashings"'`� g around parapets, curbs, walls, and penetrations. 1• Clean substrates of contaminants such as asphalts sheet materials, dirt , and debris. 3.5 DISSAL A. Collect and place demolished materials in materials. Do not allow demolished materials containers. � to accumulate Promptly dispose of demolished 1 Storage or sale of demolished items or materials rials on-site will not be permitted. Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and them. of legally dispose' � END OF SECTION 070150 AN A-s i 044 PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING PROJECT#19-23770 I 070150- 5 1 H I SECTION 072500-WEATHER BARRIERS 072500 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and g general provisions of the Contract, including Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. General and Supplementary I � ` 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Building wrap. 2. Flexible flashing. 1 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS 7 A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. For building wrap, include data on air and water-vapor permeance based on testing according to referenced standards. B. Shop Drawings: Show details of building wrap at terminations, openings , and penetrations. Show details of flexible flashing applications. 1 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Evaluation Reports: For water-resistive barrier and flexible flash ing,hmg, from ICC-ES. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER '°� A. Building Wrap: ASTM E 1677, Type I air barrier; with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respective)y, when stabilized; and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction steel according to ASTM E 84; UV 7 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide the following: a. DuPont Building Innovations: E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Com Commercial Wrap. pany; Tyvek 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: Method (Procedure A). Not less than 20 perms per ASTM E 96/E 96M, Desiccant WEATHER BARRIERS '1'1 PROJECT#19-23 770 072500- 1 I.. ', \ 3. Air Permeance:Not more than 0.004 cfm/sq. ft. at 0.3-inch wg when tested according to ... f ASTM E 2178. 4. Allowable UV Exposure Time:Not less than three months. .. 5. Fl ame Propagation Test: Materials and construction shall be as tested according to NFPA 285. building-wrap wrap y Ta e: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape recommended by g- B. Building-Wrap P manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in building wrap. 2.2 FLEXIBLE FLASHING Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable,butyl A. Butyl Rubber Flashing: dh film, aluminum foil, or spunbonded rubber compound, bonded to ahigh-density polyethylene polyolefin to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch. �- 1 Products_Subject to compliance with requirements,provide the following: a. DuPont Building Innovations: E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company; DuPont Flashing Tape. PART 3 -EXECUTION 6. 3.1 WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER INSTALLATION A. Cover exposed exterior surface of sheathing with water-resistive barrier securely fastened to ' framing immediately after sheathing is installed. B. Cover sheathing with water-resistive barrier as follows: supporting members at expansion 1. Cut back barrier 1/2 inch on each side of the break in supp g or control-joint locations. 1 barrier to cover vertical flashing with a minimum 4-inch overlap unless otherwise 2. APp Y indicated.C. Building Wrap: requirements. W : Comp 1Y with manufacturer's written instructions and warranty re q P 1. Seal seams, edges,fasteners,and penetrations with tape. 2. Extend into jambs of openings and seal corners with tape. 3.2 FLEXIBLE FLASHING INSTALLATION Apply flexible flashing where indicated to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. A. 1. Prime substrates as recommended by flashing manufacturer. p 4 2. — La seams and junctures with other materials at flan e width.es except that at flashing flanges of other construction, laps need not exce 3. Lap flashing over water-resistive barrier at bottom and sides of openings r to ensure — 4. Lap water-resistive barrier over flashing at heads openings. 5. After flashing has been applied, roll surfaces with a hard rubber or metal roller ]etel adhered to substrates. ` 1 that flashing is comp y 4 END OF SECTION 072500 4 072500 - 2 WEATHER BARRIERS PROJECT#19-23770 `" I "f 074213 -METAL WALL PANELS-CLASS PB 074213 1 ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and and other Division 01 Specification Sections, a ] SupPlementa pp y to this Section. ry Conditions I 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Factory-formed and field-assembled, exposed-fastener,metal wall ..,,1panels. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Metal Wall Panel Assembly: metal framing, Metal wall panels, attachment system components, miscellaneous 11 , thermal insulation, and accessories necessary ry for a complete weathertight B. Steel Sheet Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without metallic coatings painted 7 1.4 PERFORMANCE RE UIREMENTS IA. General: Provide metal wall panel assemblies that comp 1 y with performance requirements specified as determined by testing manufacturers' standard assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project, by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS mai A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of metal wall panel and accessory. 1 1 B. Shop Drawings: g Show fabrication and installation layouts of metal wall panels; details 7 conditions joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system trim, of shedge closures, and accessories; and special details. Distinguish between d m, fleshings � factory- and field-assembled 1• Accessories: Include details of the following items at a scale of not less than 1-1/2 inches per 12 inches: 1 H � a. Flashing and trim. { METAL WALL PANELS - CLASS PB I PROJECT#19-23770 074213 - 1 1 H f C. Samples for Ini tial Selection: For each type of metal wall panel indicated with factory-applied color finishes. 1. Include manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full — range of colors available for each sealant exposed to view. d prepared on Samples of size D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, law indicated below. f 1. Metal Wall Panels: 12 inches long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures, Li.and other metal wall panel accessories. 2. Trim and Closures: 12 inches long. Include fastte f accd essory.other exposed accessories. 3. Accessories: 12-inch- long Samples fortype y with Submittal: For metal wall panel assembly indicated to ed and sealed by the E. Delegated-DesignL p er qualified requirements engineer ineer responsible for their preparation. professionalg V 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS and Coordination Drawings: Exterior elevations drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations A. ` wall-mounted items. Show the following: 1. Wall panels and attachments. y 2. Sub-Girts windows, louvers, and lighting fixtures. 3. Wall-mounted items includingand utilities. 4. Penetrations of wall by pipes B. Qualification Data: For Installer. ualified C. Pr oduct a Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by q testing agency,for each product. D. Field quality-control reports. _ E. Warranties: Sample of special warranties. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For metal wall panels to include in maintenance manuals. _ 1.8 UALITY ASSURANCE proved by manufacturer. _ A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved B. Source Limi tations: Obtain each type of metal wall panel through one source from a single manufacturer. 074213 -2 METAL WALL PANELS- CLASS PB PROJECT#19-23770 l '. 1.9 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, metal wall panels, and other or deformed. Package metal wall panels for protection during transportation tured items sod to bedl damagedg �` B. and handling. Unload, store, and erect metal wall panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, 'M' C. Protect strippable protective rotective covering on metal wall panels from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of metal wall panel installation. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of structural members and wall opening dimensions by —s field measurements before metal wall panel fabrication and indicate measurements urements on Shop ...I 1• Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, either establish framing and opening dimensions and metal wall panels without field measurements, or allow for field trimmingof panels. -1Coordinate wall construction to ensure that actual buildingproceed with fabricating iens structural members, and openings correspond to established d mensionsions, locations of 1.11 WARRANTY "F A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal wall panel assemblies that fail in materials specified warranty period. or workmanship within -, 1. Failures include, but are not limited to,the following: I 7 a. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer � agrees to repair finish or replace metal wall panels that i 7 factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period show evidence of deterioration of period. 1. Fluoropolymer Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to,the following: a. b. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested accordingto Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4M 2244.. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare � metal. 1 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial I Completion. METAL WALL PANELS - CLASS PB ' PROJECT#19-23770 i 074213 - 3 I PART 2 -PRO_ D — 2.1 MANUFACTURERS rovide products by the 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, p manufacturers specified. 2.2 PANEL MATERIALS e 1...A. Metallic- Coated Steel Sheet prepainted with Coil Coating: Ste lly with ASTM sheet A 7t d by the hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, G90 coating designation; .. 1, Zinc-Coated ( structural quality. 2 Surface: Embossed finish. or indicated on L. Exposed Finishes: Apply the following coil coating, as specified Drawings. a. High-Performance Organic Finish: Prepare,pretreat, and apply coating to exposed L.metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 1) Fluoropolymer Two-Coat System: Manufacturer's standard two-coat, L percent thermocured system consisting f specially formulated notlalessnhhanrve 70 ri P r and fluoropolymer color topcoatwith physical properties polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying and coating performance requirements of AAMA 2604, except as modified below: a) Humidity Resistance: 1000 hours. low b) Salt-Spray Resistance: 1000 hours. l pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light- 4. Concealed Finish: App y colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. L. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMING A. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. L.2 4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking l rivets and bolts,exposed ldu with and A. fasteners coating. other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design heads matching color of metal walpanels`by means of plastic caps or factory-applied Provide EPDM,PVC, or neoprene sealing rs. 1. Fasteners for Wall Panels: Self-drilling or self-tapping 410 stainless or zinc-alloy steel hex washer head. 2. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets. 074213 - 4 METAL WALL PANELS- CLASS PB PROJECT#19-23770 "— 1 I II I 2.5 EXPOSED-FASTENER METAL WALL PANELS A. General: Provide factory-formed metal wall panels designed to be 71 -: ' side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching through p o assembled anel supports y lapping exposed fasteners and factory-applied sealant in side laps. Include accessories required for weathertight installation. B. Exposed Fastener, Metal Wall Panels: 1• Basis-of-Design Product: Firestone M e 2.3 Profile Pals. Product Substitutions to be submitted for approval. Product tal Products R ub titution fo found after specification Section 016000 Product Requirements: rm can be Material: Zinc-coated(galvanized)steel sheet, 22 GA thick. •+ a. Exterior Finish: Fluoropolymer, smooth. 1 b. Color: To be selected by architect from manufacturer's full rang . 4 g ' Panel Coverage: 36 inches. 5. Panel Height: 1-1/2 inches. "1 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a co assembly including trim, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, metalf wall panel strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal wall panestun essroth otherwise indicated. erwise .41 1• Closures: Provide closures at eaves and rakes, fabric ated of same metal as metal wall 2. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- thick, flexible premolded to match metal wall panel profile. Provide closure strips closure e indicated d or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. B. Flashing and Trim: Formed from 0.018-inch- thick, zinc-coated (galvanized) aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating. v de flashing and trim or Provide steel sheet as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, bases, drips, sills,jambs, corners, endwalls, framed openings, rakes, reveals, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent wall ll i 'I panels. metal I PART 3 -EXECUTION 4 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, metal wall panel supports, and other ..` affecting performance of work. conditions METAL WALL PANELS - CLASS PB 'milPROJECT#19-23770 { 074213 - 5 I I Examine primary and secondary wall framing to verify that gifts, angles, channels, studs, ... 1. and other structural panel support members and anchorage have been installed within , alignment tolerances required by metal wall panel manufacturer. B. Pr oceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION tri— substances harmful insulation, including removing projections capable of A. Clean substrates of to — interfering with insulation attachment. in Division 7 B. Install flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements specified Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." C. Miscellaneous Framing: Install subgirts, base angles, sills, furring, and other miscellaneous wall panel support members and anchorage according to ASTM C 754 and metal wall panel ,� manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.3 METAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION GENERAL L s ings. A. Ge neral: Install metal wall panels in orientation, sizes, and to eaiions indicatedd Anchor Deaw wall irts,unless InEr panInstall an d lotherr components of the and Workgsecurely in place, with provisions for thermal and panels an structural movement. 1. Field cutting of metal wall panels by torch is not permitted. ti.. 2. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal wall panels. 3. Rigidly fasten base end of metal wall panels and allow eave end free movement due to erimeter thermal expansion and contraction. L.4. Flash and seal metal wall panels with weater nottbeginsinst llation unt, rakes, and at l weather of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping sc .. barrier and flashings that will be concealed by metal wall panels are installed. l B. Fasteners: 4 I r... 1. Steel Wall Panels: Use stainless-steel fasteners the interior.surfaces exposed to the exterior and !` galvanized steel fasteners for surfaces exposed Install gaskets,joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where esr fillers, �` C. weatherproof for Joint Sealers eft panel assemblies. performance of metal wall recommended by ovide types ofmetalwall panel manufacturer. sealants indicated or, if not indicated,types 1. Seal metal wall panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant, full width of panel. Seal side joints where recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer. i 6. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Insta llation Tolerances: Shim and align metal wall panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nonaccumulative, on level, plumb, and atching profiles.as indicated and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment 074213 - 6 METAL WALL PANELS - CLASS PB PROJECT#19-23770 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary installed unless other protective ecs i indi cverings an m d strippable to cated r' films, if any, as metal wall panels are completion of metal wall panel installation, clean finished s written su rfaces lr con mended ons. wall panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean conditionOn during constructionommended by metal B. After metal wall panel installation, clear wee "1 and sealant. p holes and drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, C. Replace metal wall panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedure s. END OF SECTION 074213 f � l ? �1 1 , l METAL WALL PANELS - CLASS PB PROJECT#19-23 770 O'42l3 - 7 075323 -ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER EPDM ROOFING 075323 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condition and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. s 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Adhered membrane roofing system. 2. Vapor retarder. 3. Roof insulation. ..� 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NR CA's The and Waterproofing Manual" for definition of terms related to roofing work'in this SeCA Roofing B. Design Uplift Pressure: The uplift pressure, calculated according to procedures coon. Wind Load Design Guide for Fully Adhered and Mechanically Fastened R ofins in Systems," before multiplication by a safety factor. g Systems," C. Factored Design Uplift Pressure: The uplift pressure, calculated according to procedures SPRI's "Wind Load Design Guide for Fully Adhered and Mechanically Fastened Roofing Systems,"after multiplication by a safety factor. g 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure. '41 B. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by,lroofin onepother bder manufacturer based on testing and field experience. g membrane 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Provide most recent literature for applicable products and specifications to be used including material characteristics, test data, installation recommendations, and material safety data sheets(MSDS). } ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER(EPDM)ROOFING PROJECT#19-23770 075323 - 1 1 ons, sections, details, and '►�.� e ns, B. Shop Drawings: ForW roofingandinstallation instructions for applications detailing products and attachments to other Work and specifications to be used.Drawings shall include: 1. Base flashings and membrane terminations. 2. Tapered insulation, including slopes. 3. Crickets, saddles, and tapered edge strips, including slopes. `, 4. Insulation fastening patterns. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and manufacturer. t B. Manufacturer Certificate: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that"memrtibrane roofing system complies with requirements specified in"Performance Requ 1. Submit evidence of complying with performance requirements. �, C. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency,for components of membrane roofing system. D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For components of membrane roofing system,from the ICC-ES. E. Field quality-control reports. F. Warranties: Sample of special warranties. L. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals. .. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing ` system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's warranty. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that has UL listing for membrane roofing system identical to that used for this Project. C. Source Limitations: Obtain components ro membrane ofing membrane roofing a stem from same manufacturer — as roofing membrane or approved by ro g manufctu ials D. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide eb ytesting dengicalaproduct with pertltest method e fire-test- response characteristics indicated as determined below by UL, FMG, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having ction. Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and ,� jurisdi f inspecting agency. 1. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class A; ASTM E 108, for application and roof slopes ' indicated. .,. 2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119, for fire-resistance-rated roof assemblies of which roofing system is a part. ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER(EPDM)ROOFING 075323 -2 PROJECT#19-23770 L.. 7 a ...., 1.9 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with with manufacturer's name,product brand name and type, of manufacture, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. YP seals unbroken and labeled B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged co and within the temperature range re uired g ntainers in a clean, d ry '�' liquid material from direct sunlight. q by roofing system manufacturer. location Protect stored 1 Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot b "� shelf life. e applied within its stated C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and .., moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dryg from deterioration manufacturer's written instructions s fors handling, location. Complyby sunlight,in manufacture packaging as recommendedons allowing storing, P Y with insulation g, and protecting during installation. Slitt ,� shed rain and the elements. insulation to vent, but cover with tarp to D. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipmentin a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's ins weather ..` and warranty requirements. written instructions i 1.11 WARRANTY 7 y A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, manufacturer agrees es towithout g repair or replace components of membrane roofingot' limsitation, in which ""� materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failure includes roof leaks. 1• Special warranty includes roofing membrane, base flashings, roofing accessories, insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate board, vapor retarder, roof pavers, walkway y products and other components of membrane roofingsystem. roof 2. Warranty Period: 30 years from date of Substa ntial Completion. B Special Project Warranty: Submit roofing Installer's warranty, Contractor's Association standards form, signed by Installercovering the including all components of membrane roofingemMidwest Roofing Work of thisa Section, flashing, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate boards,such ava or retarders,roofing membrane, base I and walkway products, workmanship and installation for the foil P e roof pavers, owing warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. P n. ETHYLENE-PROpyLENE-DIENE- "� MO PROJECT#19-23770 NOMER(EPDM)ROOFING 075323 -3 1 PART 2 -PRO� L. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS the following A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, requirements apply for product selection: 2.2 EPDM ROOFING MEMBRANE A. EP flexible Fire DM-FR Roofing Membrane: ASTM D 4637, Type I, nonreinforced, uniform, Rated (FR) sheet made from EPDM, and as follows: ,— 1. Manufacturers: a. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. b. Firestone Building Products Company. 1 c. GenFlex Roofing Systems. L..d. GAF e. Johns Manville International,Inc. L f. Versico Inc. 2. Thickness: 90 mils,nominal. (90 mils required for 30 year) 3. Exposed Face Color: Black. 2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS i byroofing system manufacturer for intended use A. General: Auxiliary membrane roofing.ls nded and compatible with Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall meet VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. q application. .... \ 90-mil-thick EPDM-FR,partially cured or cured, according to app B. Sheet Flashing: ' C. Epichlorohydrm Sh eet: 90-mil- thick, unreinforced flexible sheet with the following typical �.. properties as determined per ASTM test method indicated: 1. Tensile Strength: 1500 psi;ASTM D 412. L. \ 412. 2. Ultimate Elongation: 200 percent; ASTM S M D t 3. Tear Resistance: 150 lbf/in.; ASTM D 746. L" 4. Brittleness Temperature: Minus 20 deg F; Resistance to Ozone Aging: No cracks after 1618�hors 1149.exposure of 50 percent elongated 5, deg p hm ozone;AST sample at 104 F and 100-pphm .... Resistance to Oil Aging: 15 percent maximum mass change after 168 hours' immersion 6. in an ASTM D 471. diesel fuel No. 2 at 158 deg F; D. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard bonding adhesive. — cold fluid-applied bonding E. Cold Fluid-Applied Membrane Adhesive: d eebacked roofing Manufacturer's substrate. adhesive formulated to adhere fleece-backed 075323 - 4 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER(EPDM)ROOFING — PROJECT#19-23770 1 — F. Seaming Material: Manufacturer's standard synthetic-rubber polymer primer and 3-inch- wide minimum, butyl splice tape with release film. G. Lap Sealant: Manufacturer's standard single-component sealant. —1 H. Water Cutoff Mastic: Manufacturer's standard butyl mastic sealant. I. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard predrilled stainless-steel or alu approximately Y 1 by 1/8 inch thick; with anchors. mmum bars, J. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal ,,,� provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastenin plate s meeting corrosion-resistance membrane roofing system manufacturer. g membrane to substrate, and acceptable to K. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheetfleshings, �' preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashing s T termination reglets, cover strips, and other accessories. -j°mt covers, in-seam sealants, ` 2.4 VAPOR RETARDER I 1 A. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, with maximum permeance rating 1. Manufacturers: of 0.02 perm. -1 a. Firestone; V-Force. b. Carlisle; 725. c. Versico; 725TR. -, I, 1 2.5 ROOF INSULATION A. General: Provide preformed roof insulation boards that comply with requirements and referenced standards, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes 1 B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, and of thicknesses indicated. both major surfaces. felt or glass-fiber mat facer on i I "', 1. Manufacturers: a. Atlas Roofing Corporation. "1b. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. c. Firestone Building Products Company. d. GAF Materials Corp. j e. GenFlex Roofing Systems. f. Hunter Panels, LLC. g• Johns Manville International, Inc. I — C. Tapered Insulation: Provide fa cytapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches, unless otherwise indicated. D. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where 1 indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated. ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER(EPDM)ROOFING 1 PROJECT#19-23770 075323 - 5 1 2.6 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. General: Furnish roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal plates meeting corrosion-resistance B. ` ' ions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate, and acceptable to proves roofing system manufacturer. 2.7 ASPHALT MATERIALS A. Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312,Type III or IV. ... B. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41. L. WALKWAYS heavy-duty, solid-rubber, slip-resisting, L. nonporous, and acceptable to g, A. Flexible Walkways: Factory-formed, P p surface-textured walkway pads or rolls, approximately 3/16 inch thick, membrane roofing system manufacturer. `.. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the A. Examineperformance of roofing system: following requirements and other conditions affecting Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braced and that roof _ 1. Ve fy drains are securely clamped in place. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof dec at 2. �. penetrations and terminations and that ycconditions have been of lconected. 3. Proceed with installation only after 3.2 PREPARATION dust,debris,moisture, and other substances detrimental sharp projections.to ation A. Clean substrate of :- according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Removesand from spilling or B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductor onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking migrating place or when rain is forecast. provide temporary seals to prevent water from system at the end of the workday or when rain is C. Complete terminations and. base flashings and — entering completed sections of roofing forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER(EPDM)ROOFING 075323 - 6 PROJECT#19-23770 i' 1 I 3.3 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION j A. Loosely lay polyethylene-film vapor retarder in a single layer retarder, side and end lapping each sheet a minimum oft inches and 6 Y over area to receive vapor -1 B. inches, respectively. j Completely seal vapor retarder at terminations, obstructions, and penetrations movement into membrane roofing system. to prevent air 3.4 INSULATION INSTALLATION Nag A. Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. B. Comply with membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions ns for installing roof C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform slopes indicated._` to D. Install one or more layers of insulation under area of roof Where overall insulation thickness is 2 inches or re mg to achieve required thickness. 7each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 12 g ater install 2 or more layers with joints of direction. inches in each —IE• Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so c a not restrict flow of water. ompleted surface is flush and does F. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceedin with insulation. g 1/4 inch 1• Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and 4 penetrations. G. Adhered Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and adhere to substrate as follows: 1• Prime surface of concrete deck with asphalt primer at rate of 3/4 gal/10 . primer to dry, . 0 s q ft. and allow '-, 2. Set each layer of insulation in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt, applied or minus 25 deg F of equiviscous temperature. 3. Set each layer of insulation in a cold fluid-applied ad pp within plus -. P hesive. 1 3.5 ADHERED ROOFING MEMBRAN E INSTALLATION A. Install roofing membrane over area to receive roofing according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Unroll roofing membrane and allow to relax installing. before B. Start installation of roofing membrane in presence of membrane roofing system s ste technical personnel. manufacturer's ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM PROJECT#19-23770 )ROOFING 075323 - 7 C. Accurately ag li n roofing membrane and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum �• 1 dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of roofing membrane at D. Bonding Adhesive: ratefore requiredby manufacturer and allow to partially dry b brane nstalling roofing membrane. $ Do not apply bonding adhesive to splice area of roofing m L. 1 roofing membrane with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible. E. APP Y Seam Installation: Clean both faces of splice areas, apply splicing cement, and firm y ,L F. Adhesivellsidein roofing membranes according to manufacturer's written roll and end laps of overlapping installation. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed edges instructions to ensure a watertight ;� of roofing membrane terminations. 1 a continuous bead of in-seam sealant before closing splice if required by l. APP Y 6. membrane roofing system manufacturer. Installation: Clean and prime both faces of splice areas, apply splice tape, and G. Tape rollm1 installation. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed L l side and end laps of overlapping roofing membranes according to manufacturer's firmly written instructions to ensure a watertight seam edges of roofing membrane terminations. ed seams in roofing that does not meet requirements. L. H. Repair tears,voids, and Lapp sealant or mastic bed over deck drain flange at deck drains and securely seal roofing I. Spread membrane in place with clamping ring. 3.6 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION L. A. Inst all sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories d adhere to substrates according to i membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. � bondingadhesive to substrate and underside of sheet ea of flashing at required rate and allow B. Applyi to partially dry. Do not apply bonding adhesive to seam C. Flash penetratio ns and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet i flashing. ng �,,, e and end laps of D. Clean splice areas, apply splicing cement, and firmly roll sealant and seal exposed edged of sheets to ensure a watertight seam installation. Apply lap � sheet flashing terminations. .-- E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars. I 3.7 WALKWAY INSTALLATION ;` A. products Flexible Walkways: Install walkway products in locations indicated. Adhere walkway to substrate with compatible adhesive according and ertical ladderg system manufacturer's �• written instructions. Provide at base of ships ladder075323 - 8 E THYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER(EPDM)ROOFING PROJECT#19-23770 ` I i 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion and submit report to Architect. 1. Notify Architect or Owner in advance of date and time of inspection. B. Repair or remove and replace components of membrane roofing system where test results or ••, inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. C. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. determine 3.9 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect membrane roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove membrane roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates and repair or reinstall membrane roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. 1 3.10 ROOFING INSTALLER'S WARRANTY 7 A. Provide specified warranty on the Midwest Roofing Contractor's Association standards form covering materials and workmanship. Include coverage for "FM I-60" performance requirements. 1 { END OF SECTION 075323 1 1 � ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER(EPDM)ROOFING 1 PROJECT 419-23770 075323 - 9 076200-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following sheet metal flashing and trim: 1. Formed low-slope roof flashing and trim. 2. Formed wall flashing and trim. --, 3. Formed equipment support flashing. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, and -� fastener disengagement. B. Fabricate and install roof edge flashing and copings capable of resisting the following forces according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49: 1. Wind Zone 1: For velocity pressures of 21 to 30 lbf/sq. ft.: 60-lbf/sq. ft. perimeter uplift force, 90-lbf/sq. ft. corner uplift force, and 30-lbf/sq. ft. outward force. I C. Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of sheet metal and trim thermal movements. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change(Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. D. Water Infiltration: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that do not allow water infiltration to building interior. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and fi shes. details, material SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PROJECT#19-23770 076200 1 B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts of sheet metal flashing and trim, including plans and elevations. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work. Include the following: 1. Identify material,thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. 2. Details for forming sheet metal flashing and trim, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 3. Details for fastening, joining, supporting, and anchoring sheet metal flashing and trim, including fasteners, clips, cleats, and attachments to adjoining work. 4. Details of expansion joint covers, including showing direction of expansion and contraction. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal flashing and trim indicated with factory-applied color finishes. 1. Include similar Samples of trim and accessories involving color selection. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 1. Copper Standard: Comply with CDA's "Copper in Architecture Handbook." �. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications undamaged. Protect sheet metal flashing and trim materials and fabrications during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and install sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications in a manner to prevent bending,warping,twisting, and surface damage. — C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of sheet metal flashing and trim with interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 -2 PROJECT#19-23770 71 I 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,products specified.that may be 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. .""12.2 SHEET METALS A. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 370, Temper F100 or H01, cold-rolled copper sheet. B. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792, Class AZ50 coating designation, Grade 40; structural quality with manufacturer's standard clear acrylic coating both sides. C. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Steel sheet metallic coated by the hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755. '-•., 1. Exposed Finishes: Apply the following coil coating: a. High-Performance Organic Finish: Prepare,pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 1) Fluoropolymer 2-Coat System: Manufacturer's standard 2-coat, thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with physical properties and coating performance requirements of AAMA 2605, except as modified below: 1 a) Humidity Resistance: 1000 hours. b) Salt-Spray Resistance: 1000 hours. --1 2) Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. D. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper-bearing lead sheet. 2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS : A. Add ice and water shield. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete 1 - 1 and trim installation. sheet metal flashing SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PROJECT#19-23770 076200 - 3 I i . L B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded wits self design screloads. self-locking rivets and 1 bolts, and others suitable fasteners designed to 1. Nails for Copper Sheet: Copper, hardware bronze, or Series 300 stainless steel, 0.109 I l—. inch minimum and not less than 7/8 inch long,barbed with large head. 2. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal by means of plastic caps or ` factory-applied coating. with 3. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, hex washer head. 4. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets. 5. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal 6.. gutter width. C. Solder for Copper: ASTM B 32,Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead. D. Solder for Lead-Coated Copper: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, 60 percent tin and 40 percent lead. E. Solder for Lead: ASTM B 32,Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead. F. Solder for Zinc: ASTM B 32, 60 percent lead and 40 percent tin with low antimony, as recommended by manufacturer. G. Burning Rod for Lead: Same composition as lead sheet. Ims H. Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisu ocompound o oundalape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, ag nontoxic, g tape. ` I. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type, grade, 1 class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. .. J. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release aiobbutyl joints rubber sealant t d polyisobutylene plasticized, heavy bodied for hooked-typep 6—movement. K. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free,of consistency required for application. 2.5 MANUFACTURED SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1 2.6 FABRICATION GENERAL A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in `' I SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"fabnc�ateat ppemsly owhere practicable.nsObtain field , and other characteristics of item indicated. p ` measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. to B. Fabricate sheet metal flashing t less than that nd trim in thickness spec fed for each applicat needed ion and metal�y with � performance requirements,but no 076200-4 In. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PROJECT#19-23770 C. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. D. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate ela sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations. stomeric r E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed-to-view sheet metal flashing and trim, unless otherwise indicated. F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. 1. Thickness: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" for 1 application but not less than thickness of metal being secured. 2.7 ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Downspouts: Fabricate open-face downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors. 1. Fabricate downspouts from the following material: a. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: 24 ga. "61 s B. Parapet Scuppers: Fabricate scuppers of dimensions required with closure flange trim to exterior, 4-inch- wide wall flanges to interior, and base extending 4 inches beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. Fasten gravel guard angles to base of scupper. 1. Fabricate parapet scuppers from the following material: a. Prepainted,Metallic-Coated Steel: 24 ga. 7 C. Conductor Heads: Fabricate conductor heads with flanged back and stiffened top edge and of dimensions and shape indicated complete with outlet tubes, exterior flange trim. 1. Fabricate conductor heads from the following material: a. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: 24 ga. 2.8 LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Roof Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop) and Fascia Caps: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- lon not exceeding 10-foot- long, sections. Furnish with 6-inch- wide joint cover plates. g but 1 1. Joint Style: Butt, with 6-inch- wide exposed cover plates. 2. Fabricate with scuppers spaced as indicated on the drawings, of dimensions required with 4-inch- wide flanges and base extending 4 inches beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. Fasten gravel guard angles to base of scupper. 3. Fabricate from the following material: a. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: 24 ga. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PROJECT#19-23770 076200 5 ►a B. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long, but not exceeding 10-foot- long, sections. L Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and oversized hole for fasteners on interior leg. Miter corners, seal, and solder or weld watertight. 1. Joint Style: Butt,with 6-inch-wide exposed cover plates. 2. Fabricate copings from the following material: L. a. Prepainted,Metallic-Coated Steel: 24 ga. C. Roof to Wall Transition and Roof to Sheet Metal Roof Edging Transition: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Prepainted,Metallic-Coated Steel: 24 ga. D. Counterflashing: Fabricate from the following material: 4 1. Prepainted,Metallic Coated Steel: 24 ga. E. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1 1. Lead: 4.O lb/sq. ft. F. Roof-Drain Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Lead: 4.0 lb/sq. ft. 2.9 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Prepainted,Metallic-Coated Steel: 24 ga. 2.11 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a hi— strippable,temporary protective covering before shipping. -- C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are r.. acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. I b.— 076200 - 6 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM - PROJECT#19-23770 ! i. NMI PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations dimensions and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. l. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar metals. 1. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. C. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks. D. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and elastomeric sealant. E. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. formance. 1. Cleats to be continuous. Verify anchor spacing as required for SMACNA. Bend tabs over fasteners. F. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints. •� G. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1-1/2 inches for nails and not less than 1 inch for wood screws. { ,., 1. Galvanized or Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: Use stainless-steel fasteners. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 7 PROJECT#19-23770 H. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight construction. 1. Where sealant-filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is moderate, between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement either way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 6- 3.3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION t l— A. General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof k perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system. .7, d B. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints.ns Provide ners atd fasteners p and bod designe m and to hold downspouts securely 1 inch away from walls; locate at approximately 60 inches o.c. in between. 1. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building. _ 2. Connect downspouts to underground drainage system indicated. C. Parapet Scuppers: Install scuppers where indicated'through parapet. Continuously support scupper, set to correct elevation, and seal flanges to interior wall face, over cants or tapered edge strips,and under roofing membrane. 1. Anchor scupper closure trim flange to exterior wall and seal or solder to scupper. 2. Loosely lock front edge of scupper with conductor head. 3. Seal or solder exterior wall scupper flanges into back of conductor head. D. Conductor Heads: Anchor securely to wall with elevation of conductor head rim 1 inch below scupper discharge. W. 3.4 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps,joints, and1 that will be permanently watertight. B. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone and as indicated. 1. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleats anchored to substrate — at 12-inch centers. L. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200- 8 _ PROJECT#19-23770 7 1 C. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in ,..1 Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone and as indicated. FMG 1. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleats anchored to substrate at 12-inch centers. 2. Anchor interior leg of coping with screw fasteners and washers at 24-inch centers. D. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top 1 edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending a minimum of 4 inches over base flashing. Install stainless-steel draw band and tighten. E. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashin end counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches and bed with elastomeric sealant. { 1. Secure in a waterproof manner by means of anchor and washer at 12-inch centers. F. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows: �'" 1• Turn lead flashingdown n inside vent piping, being careful not to block vent piping with 1 flashing. 2. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetratingroof except flashing on vent piping. for lead •. pp g• 3.5 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers. i 73.6 MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing with ..� installation of roofing and equipment. Weld or seal flashing with elastomeric sealant to equipment support member. 1 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that with uniform oxidation and .► weathering. interfere I B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants. C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces, includi..t ng unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain ina clean condition during construction. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM '1 PROJECT#19-23770 076200 - 9 D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond II successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. 1 �. II, END OF SECTION 076200 1 i 6: L P L. j 1 1 tam 076200 - 10 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PROJECT#19-23770 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS 079200 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ..� Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following applications, including those specified by reference to this Section: 1. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: a. Joints between metal panels. b. Joints between different materials listed above. 7c. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors, windows and louvers. d. Other joints as indicated. ..z i 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. C. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating following:the 1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. D. Product Test Reports: Based on comprehensive testing of product formulations performed by a qualified testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with requirements. E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. F. MSDS sheets updated for contractor's records. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1 PROJECT#19 23770 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized Installer who is approved or licensed for installation of elastomeric sealants required for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single _ manufacturer. i - i 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS s A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 'ma j, 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint- sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. L 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. ii' 4. Contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or �, I replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. — 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which elastomeric sealant ti manufacturer agrees to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not 6. comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. l 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals,tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. i 079200 2 Ins 1 JOINT SEALANTS a PROJECT#19-23770 4.. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2 articles. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other Part 2 articles. 2.2 MATERIALS GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide interior sealants and sealant primers that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Sealants: 250 g/L. ..,� 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. C. Low-Emitting Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." D. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected byArchitect from manufacturer's full range. jt 2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS ,.� A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. B. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. C. Suitability for Immersion in Liquids. Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for Use I for joints that will be continuously immersed in liquids, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1247 and qualify for the length of exposure indicated by reference I to ASTM C 920 for Class 1 or 2. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water, unless otherwise indicated. 1 "! JOINT SEALANTS 079200 3 PROJECT#19-23770 D. Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant: 1. Products: a. Sonneborn,Division of ChemRex Inc.;NP 2. b. Tremco;Vulkem 227. 2. Type and Grade: M(multicomponent)and NS (nonsag). 3. Elasticity: +-50% 4. Uses Related to Exposure: T(traffic)and NT(nontraffic). is.a. Uses: Color anodic aluminum, aluminum coated with a high-performance coating, galvanized steel,brick, granite, limestone,marble, ceramic tile, and wood. E. Multicomponent Pourable Urethane Sealant: 1. Products: a. Pecora Corporation;Dynatrol II-SG. Wm b. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; SL 2. , , 2. Type and Grade: M(multicomponent)and P(pourable). ti.. 3. Class: 25. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: T(traffic)and NT(nontraffic). a. Uses: horizontal joints at Color anodic aluminum, aluminum coated with a high- performance coating, galvanized steel, brick, granite, marble, ceramic tile, and wood. i..' F. Single-Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: 1. Products: a. Sika Corporation,Inc.; Sikaflex- la. b. Sonneborn,Division of ChemRex Inc.;NP 1. . c. Tremco;Vulkem 116. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: T(traffic)and NT(nontraffic). a. Uses: Color anodic aluminum, aluminum coated with a high-performance coating, galvanized steel,brick, granite, marble , ceramic tile and wood. G. Single-Component Pourable Urethane Sealant: 1. Products: r a. Sonneborn,Division of ChemRex Inc.; SL 1. .... b. Tremco;Vulkem Nova 300 SSL. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component)and P(pourable). 3. Class: 50. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: T(traffic)and NT(nontraffic). t i- i 079200 -4 JOINT SEALANTS PROJECT#19-23770 L"' I f 7 2.4 SOLVENT-RELEASE JOINT SEALANTS A. Butyl-Rubber-Based Solvent-Release Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 1085. 1. Products: a. Bostik Findley; Bostik 300. b. Fuller, H. B. Company; SC-0296. c. Fuller, H. B. Company; SC-0288. d. Pecora Corporation; BC-158. e. Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI-301 f. Sonneborn,Division of ChemRex Inc.; Sonnebom Multi-Purpose Sealant. g• Tremco; Tremco Butyl Sealant. ..� 2.5 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 834, Type P, Grade NF. B. Products: 1. Pecora Corporation; AC-20+. 2. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Sonolac. 3. Tremco; Tremflex 834. 2.6 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell self backer-rod material with a surface skin), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. JOINT SEALANTS 0.4 PROJECT#19-23 770 079200 5 Ii 1 L PART 3 -EXECUTION 11. 1 3.1 EXAMINATION `� A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint- .. sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint Impsealants, oil, grease,waterproofing,water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after *- cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. b. Glass. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates,where recommended in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply b.— primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling _ without disturbing joint seal. 079200 - 6 JOINT SEALANTS PROJECT#19-23770 —. Mal 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. ..� B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 919 for '"? use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and I I conditions indicated. ..� D. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch,twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. E. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants 0.9 and backs of joints. F. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. G. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint configuration where indicated per Figure 5B in ASTM C 1193. 5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated per Figure 5C in ASTM C 1193. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. .-4 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. JOINT SEALANTS PROJECT#19 23770 079200- 7 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. L. 4 t END OF SECTION 079200 L. imp JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 8 PROJECT#19-23770 1 WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS WATERLOO, IA SECTION 087100—DOOR HARDWARE 087100 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for the following: j ^ 1. Swinging doors. B. Door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: 7 1. Mechanical door hardware. 2. Electromechanical door hardware. 3. Automatic operators. 4. Cylinders specified for doors in other sections. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames". 2. Division 08 Section "Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts". 3. Division 08 Section "Automatic Door Operators". D. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Oat 1. ANSI A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. ICC/IBC- International Building Code. 3. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code. 4. NFPA 80- Fire Doors and Windows. 5. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. ..z 6. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 7. UL/ULC and CSA C22.2—Standards for Automatic Door Operators Used on Fire and Smoke Barrier Doors and Systems of Doors. 8. State Building Codes, Local Amendments. t E. Standards: All hardware specified herein shall comply with the following industry standards: 1. ANSI/BHMA Certified Product Standards-A156 Series 2. UL10C—Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies DOOR HARDWARE j PROJECT#19-23770 087100- 1 WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS WATERLOO,IA 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material L individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and descriptions, dimensions of P fff finishes. ' L. B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size,thickness, hand, L function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and 4 Format for the Hardware Schedule." 2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door , hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission. 3. Content: Include the following information: L a. Type, style,function, size, label,hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. low d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. r.. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. h. Warranty information for each product. 0,.- 4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of 11 .. other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule. C. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified access control hardware indicating the following: 4 1. Wiring Diagrams: Upon receipt of approved schedules, submit detailed system wiring L. diagrams for power, signaling, monitoring, communication, and control of the access control system electrified hardware. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and ! field-installed wiring. Include the following: a. Elevation diagram of each unique access controlled opening showing location and interconnection of major system components with respect to their placement in the respective door openings. b. Complete(risers, point-to-point) access control system block wiring diagrams. c. Wiring instructions for each electronic component scheduled herein. 2. Electrical Coordination: Coordinate with related sections the voltages and wiring details required at electrically controlled and operated hardware openings. Imp -2 DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#19-23770 - i WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS •, WATERLOO,IA D. Keying Schedule: After a keying meeting with the owner has taken place prepare a separate keying schedule detailing final instructions. Submit the keying schedule in electronic format. Include keying system explanation, door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers and —, special instructions. Owner must approve submitted keying schedule prior to the ordering of permanent cylinders/cores. E. Informational Submittals: 1. Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance with cycle testing requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency. F. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as required in Division 01, Closeout Procedures. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Engage qualified manufacturers with a minimum 5 years of documented experience in producing hardware and equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and that have a proven record of successful in-service performance. B. Installer Qualifications: A minimum 3 years documented experience installing both standard and electrified door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. 1 j C. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Experienced commercial door hardware distributors j ..� with a minimum 5 years documented experience supplyingboth mechanical and electromechanical hardware installations comparable in mateal, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Supplier recognized as a factory direct distributor by the manufacturers of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in Project's vicinity. Supplier to have on staff a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant(AHC) available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner concerning both standard and electromechanical door hardware and keying. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware specified in this section from a single source unless otherwise indicated. 1. Electrified modifications or enhancements made to a source manufacturer's product line by a secondary or third party source will not be accepted. 2. Provide electromechanical door hardware from the same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. E. Each unit to bear third party permanent label demonstrating compliance with the referenced standards. DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#19-23770 087100-3 WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS i. WATERLOO,IA ` F. Keying Conference: Conduct conference to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings." Keying conference to incorporate the following criteria into the final keying schedule document: 1. Function of building,purpose of each area and degree of security required. lint 2. Plans for existing and future key system expansion. 3. Requirements for key control storage and software. 4. Installation of permanent keys, cylinder cores and software. 5. Address and requirements for delivery of keys. t• G. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct coordination conference in compliance with requirements �- in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier(s), ►. Installer(s), and Contractor(s) to review proper methods and the procedures for receiving, handling, and installing door hardware. 1. Prior to installation of door hardware, conduct a project specific training meeting to L,. instruct the installing contractors' personnel on the proper installation and adjustment of their respective products. Product training to be attended by installers of door hardware I . wood doors.(including electromechanical hardware) �e s hedules�temp ates and Training will include the use of installation manuals, hardwa physical product samples as required. 2. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing-in, power supply connections, and other L. preparatory work performed by other trades. 3. Review sequence of operation narratives for each unique access controlled opening. 4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials. 5. Review the required inspecting,testing, commissioning, and demonstration procedures 1. H. At completion of installation, provide written documentation that components were applied to 4 manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and according to approved schedule. `- 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING _ A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up and shelving for door hardware delivered to Project site. Do not store electronic access control hardware, software or L.accessories at Project site without prior authorization. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware L Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. C. Deliver, as applicable, permanent keys, cylinders, cores, access control credentials, software ; and related accessories directly to Owner via registered mail or overnight package service. 1. Instructions for delivery to the Owner shall be established at the "Keying Conference". 1.6 COORDINATION L. A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing standard and electrified hardware. Check 6.. Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 4. DOOR HARDWARE 087100 -4 PROJECT#19-23770 1.. WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS WATERLOO,IA B. Door Hardware and Electrical Connections: Coordinate the layout and installation of scheduled electrified door hardware and related access control equipment with required connections to source power junction boxes, low voltage power supplies, detection and monitoring hardware, —4and fire and detection alarm systems. C. Door and Frame Preparation: Doors and corresponding frames are to be prepared, reinforced and pre-wired (if applicable) to receive the installation of the specified electrified, monitoring, signaling and access control system hardware without additional in-field modifications. .444. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified .., in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Warranty Period: Written warrant y, executed by manufacturer(s), agreeing to repair or replace components of standard and electrified door hardware that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period after final acceptance by the Owner. Failures include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of the hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 4. Electrical component defects and failures within the systems operation. NMI C. Standard Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. D. Special Warranty Periods: 1. Five years for exit hardware. 2. Five years for motorized electric latch retraction exit devices. 3. Two years for electromechanical door hardware. 1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in Door Hardware OM' Sets and each referenced section that products are to be supplied under. DOOR HARDWARE ""� PROJECT#19-23770 087100 - 5 WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS WATERLOO,IA `.. B. Designations: Requirements for quantity, item, size, finish or color, grade, function, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows: 1. Named Manufacturer's Products: Product designation and manufacturer are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing requirements. Manufacturers'names are abbreviated in the Door Hardware Schedule. C. Substitutions: Requests for substitution and product approval for inclusive mechanical and electromechanical door hardware in compliance with the specifications must be submitted in tom writing and in accordance with the procedures and time frames outlined in Division 01, Substitution Procedures. Approval of requests is at the discretion of the architect, owner, and their designated consultants. L' 2.2 HANGING DEVICES L. A. Continuous Geared Hinges: ANSIBHMA A156.26 Grade 1-600 certified continuous geared hinge. with minimum 0.120-inch thick extruded 6060 T6 aluminum alloy hinge leaves and a minimum overall width of 4 inches. Hinges are non-handed, reversible and fabricated to template screw locations. Factory trim hinges to suit door height and prepare for electrical cut- 6. outs. 1. Manufacturers: L. a. Bommer Industries(BO). i b. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories(PE). �., 2.3 POWER TRANSFER DEVICES 1.. A. Concealed Quick Connect Electric Power Transfers: Provide concealed wiring pathway housing mortised into the door and frame for low voltage electrified door hardware. Furnish with MolexTM standardized plug connectors and sufficient number of concealed wires (up to 12) to accommodate the electrified functions specified in the Door Hardware Sets. Connectors plug directly to through-door wiring harnesses for connection to electric locking devices and power supplies. Wire nut connections are not acceptable. 6..- 1. Manufacturers: j a. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (PE)—EL-CEPT L. Series. b. Securitron (SU)-EL-CEPT Series. c. Von Duprin(VD)-EPT-10 CON Series. w. B. Electric Door Wire Harnesses: Provide electric/data transfer wiring harnesses with standardized plug connectors to accommodate up to twelve (12) wires. Connectors plug directly to through- �.. door wiring harnesses for connection to electric locking devices and power supplies. Provide sufficient number and type of concealed wires to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. Provide a connector for through-door electronic locking devices and from hinge to junction box above the opening. Wire nut connections are not acceptable. Determine the length L required for each electrified hardware component for the door type, size and construction, minimum of two per electrified opening. h L. 087100- 6 DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#19-23770 i WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS WATERLOO, IA Amor1. Provide one each of the following tools as part of the base bid contract: a. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK) - Electrical Connecting Kit: QC-R001. b. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK) - Connector Hand Tool: QC-R003. c. Von Duprin(VD)—Equivalent to above listed McKinney Tools. 2. Manufacturers: a. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK) — QC- ' C Series. b. Von Duprin (VD)—CON Series. 2.4 CONVENTIONAL EXIT DEVICES A. General Requirements: All exit devices specified herein shall meet or exceed the following g 1. At doors not requiring a fire rating,provide devices complying with NFPA 101 and listed and labeled for "Panic Hardware" according to UL305. Provide proper fasteners as required by manufacturer including sex nuts and bolts at openings specified in the Hardware Sets. 2. Where exit devices are required on fire rated doors, provide devices complying with NFPA 80 and with UL labeling indicating "Fire Exit Hardware". Provide devices with the proper fasteners for installation as tested and listed by UL. Consult manufacturer's catalog and template book for specific requirements. 3. Except on fire rated doors, provide exit devices with hex key dogging device to hold the pushbar and latch in a retracted position. Provide optional keyed cylinder dogging on devices where specified in Hardware Sets. 4. Devices must fit flat against the door face with no gap that permits unauthorized dogging of the push bar. The addition of filler strips is required in any case where the door light extends behind the device as in a full glass configuration. 5. Energy Efficient Design: Provide lock bodies which have a holding current draw of -n 15mA maximum, and can operate on either 12 or 24 volts. Locks are to be field configurable for fail safe or fail secure operation. 6. Electromechanical Options: Subject to same compliance standards and requirements as mechanical exit devices, electrified devices to be of type and design as specified in hardware sets. Include any specific controllers when conventional power supplies are not sufficient to provide the proper inrush current. 7. Lever Operating Trim: Where exit devices require lever trim, furnish manufacturer's heavy duty escutcheon trim with threaded studs for thru-bolts. a. Lock Trim Design: As indicated in Hardware Sets, provide finishes and designs to match that of the specified locksets. b. Where function of exit device requires a cylinder, provide a cylinder (Rini or Mortise)as specified in Hardware Sets. DOOR HARDWARE 087100 7 PROJECT#19-23770 I WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS WATERLOO,IA 4 8. Vertical Rod Exit Devices: Where surface or concealed vertical rod exit devices are used at interior openings, provide as less bottom rod (LBR) unless oitherwise the floor. Provide dust proof strikes where thermal pins are required o project 9. Narrow Stile Applications: At doors constructed with narrow stiles, or as specified in Hardware Sets, provide devices designed for maximum 2"wide stiles. 10. Dummy Push Bar:Nonfunctioning push bar matching functional push bar. i 11. Extended cycle test: Devices to have been cycle tested in ordinance with ANSI/BHMA 156.3 requirements to 9 million cycles. 12. Rail Sizing: Provide exit device rails factory sized for proper door width application. `, 13. Through Bolt Installation: For exit devices and trim as indicated in Door Hardware Sets. B. Conventional Push Rail Exit Devices (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.3, Grade 1 certified panic and fire exit hardware devices furnished in the functions specified in the Hardware Sets. Exit device latch to be stainless steel, pullman type,with deadlock feature. , 1. Manufacturers: a. Corbin Russwin Hardware(RU)-ED4000/ED5000 Series. b. Sargent Manufacturing(SA)- 80 Series. L c. Von Duprin(VD)- 35A/98 XP Series. a 1,.. 2.5 ELECTROHYDRAULIC DOOR OPERATORS A. General: Provide low energy operators of size recommended by manufacturer for door size, i �.. weight, and movement; for condition of exposure; and for compliance with UL 325. Coordinate operator mechanisms with door operation, hinges, and activation devices. 1. Fire-Rated Doors: Provide door operators for fire-rated door assemblies that comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated door components and are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency. 6„ B. Standard: Certified ANSI/BHMA A156.19. C. Performance Requirements: L 1. Opening Force if Power Fails: Not more than 15 lbf required to release a latch if provided, not more than 30 lbf required to manually set door in motion, and not more than 15 lbf required to fully open door. 2. Entrapment Protection: Not more than 15 lbf required to prevent stopped door from ti closing or opening. L. D. Configuration: Surface mounted or in-ground as required. Door operators to control single swinging and pair of swinging doors. E. Operation: Power opening and spring closing operation capable of meeting ANSI A117.1 accessibility guideline. Provide time delay for door to remain open before initiating closing cycle as required by ANSI/BHMA A156.19. When not in automatic mode, door operator to function as manual door closer with fully adjustable opening and closing forces,with or without electrical power. ` 087100- 8 DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#19-23770 ! " WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS WATERLOO, IA F. Features: Operator units to have full feature adjustments for door opening and closing force and speed, backcheck, motor assist acceleration from 0 to 30 seconds, time delay, vestibule interface delay, obstruction recycle, and hold open time from 0 up to 30 seconds. G. Provide outputs and relays on board the operator to allow for coordination of exit device latch retraction, electric strikes, magnetic locks, card readers, safety and motion sensors and specified auxiliary contacts. H. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard, fabricated from aluminum with nonferrous shims for aligning system components. I• Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Norton Door Controls(NO)-6000 Series. 2. Horton (HO)—4100LE Series. 2.6 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS A. General: Door stops and holders to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. "1 B. Overhead Door Stops and Holders: ANSI/BHMA A156.6, Grade 1 certified overhead stops and jholders to be surface or concealed types as indicated in Hardware Sets. Track, slide, arm and amb bracket to be constructed of extruded bronze and shock absorber spring of heavy tempered steel. Provide non-handed design with mounting brackets as required for proper operation and function. 1. Manufacturers: a. Glynn Johnson(GJ). b. Rixson Door Controls(RF). c. Sargent Manufacturing(SA). 2.7 ARCHITECTURAL SEALS A. General: Thresholds, weatherstripping, and gasket seals to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. Provide continuous weatherstrip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated. At exterior applications provide non-corrosive fasteners and elsewhere where indicated. B. Smoke Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke control ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784. 1. Provide smoke labeled perimeter gasketing at all smoke labeled openings. DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#19-23770 087100 - 9 WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS WATERLOO,IA i L.. f C. Fire Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings ` indicated,based on testing according to UL-10C. o 1. Provide intumescent seals as indicated to t UL10C Standard for Standard Methods of FP esTests of Door L itive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, and NPFA 252 Assemblies. D. Sound-Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting L agency, for sound ratings indicated. E. Replaceable Seal Strips:Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily fL replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. F. Manufacturers: �— 1. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories(PE). 2. Reese Enterprises,Inc. (RE). 2.8 ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIES A. Switching Power Supplies: Provide switching power supplies that are dual voltage, UL listed, supervised units. Units shall be field selectable with a dedicated battery charging circuit that provide 4 Amp at 12VDC or 24VDC continuous,with up to 16 independently controlled power ,6. limited outputs. Units shall tolerate brownout or overvoltage inputb± 15% of 5r shall pro l voltage t and have thermal shutdown protection with auto restart. Circuit overcurrent and reverse battery faults and units shall be available with a single relay fire trigger or individually triggered relayed outputs. Provide leastotal number draw plus 50% atfo he appropriate amperage level, sufficient to exceed the required specified electrified hardware and access control equipment. ,6., 1. Manufacturers: a. Securitron (SU)-AQ Series. '""' b. Von Duprin(VD)—PS Series. 2.9 FABRICATION L. ly A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufacturednetal comply with s. published bli h sdCrew PIates accordingg alto L prepared for machine, wood, and sheet manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended. t L.. 2.10 FINISHES re icate ware finishes A. Standard:omplyi with NSI/BHMAs used nA156.18,e dware Sets and including coordination withdt traditional U S finishes L complying with ANSI/BHMA by certain manufacturers for their products. ; 1 h.. 087100 - 10 DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#19-23770 1 WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS WATERLOO, IA B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case essition than _ specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine scheduled openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for 1 installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Notify architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types, drawings and scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been resolved in writing. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Comply with ANSI/DHI Al 15 series. B. Wood Doors: Comply with ANSI/DHI A 115-W series. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install each item of mechanical and electromechanical hardware and access control equipment to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications. p 1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and adjustment of fire, life safet y, and security products including: hanging devices; locking 7devices; closing devices; and seals. B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable ..� publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." 3. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1 "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities." 1 4. Provide blockingin drywall ywall partitions where wall stops or other wall mounted hardware is located. DOOR HARDWARE 087100- 11 PROJECT#19-23770 1 WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS WATERLOO,IA L C. Retrofitting: Install door hardware to comply with manufacturer's published templates and written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into k surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and L reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. D. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants." ' E. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. Control the handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses before and after installation. 1 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection (Punch-Out Report): Reference Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures". 1 1 Final inspect installed door hardware and state in report whether work complies with or deviates L 1 from specification requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted. 1 6- 3.5 ADJUSTING L.. A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to i ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating I and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. + I 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION `" A. Protect all hardware stored on construction site in a covered and dry place. Protect exposed hardware installed on doors during the construction phase. Install any and all hardware at the latest possible time frame. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide final protection o atiome od maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is withoutdamageL owner occupancy. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain mechanical and electromechanical door hardware. 087100 - 12 DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#19-23770 WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS WATERLOO, IA II --7 WATERLOO DOOR HARDWARE SETS i 1 i A. The hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the owner and architect a guideline only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies,are ! conflicting hardware and missing items should be brought to the attention of the corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardwarel set ,,� should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper and functionality. p p application B. The supplier is responsible for handing and sizing all products and providing the correct option OMR for the appropriate doortype p n and material where more than one is presented in the hardware sets. Quantities listed are for each pair of doors, or for each single door. ^ C. Manufacturer's Abbreviations: I 1. MK-McKinney 2. PE-Pemko 3. RO-Rockwood 4. SA - SARGENT 1 5. RF-Rixson 6. NO -Norton 7 7. SU- Securitron H i 7 I 1 7 li 7 I -, 1 "} I a, Ii DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#19-23770 087100- 13 WATERLOO SKYWALK IMPROVEMENTS t.— i WATERLOO,IA 1 \ Hardware Sets Set: 1.0 Doors: 201A,202A,202B L. 2 Continuous Hinge KCFM83_HDI PT x Height Required PE SA 2 Concealed Vert Rod Exit,Passage 12 56 AD8615 ETi�D US32DSA 2 Conc Overhead Stop I-X36 630 RF 1 Door Operator(Pair) D6061 x Size Required 689 NO PE �. 1 Gasketing S88D SU 2 Electric Power Transfer EL-CEPTMK QC-C 1500P(Frame-EPT to 2 ElectroLynx Harness Power/Controller} QC-CxxxP (Door-EPT to Elec.Exit MK 2 ElectroLynx Harness Device) NO 2 Actuator 505 U 1 Power Supply AQD2 S0 1 Set Of Wiring Diagrams Notes: Door normally closed and latched. L. Free egress/ingress at all times. Pressing actuator either side of door retracts both latch bolts and both doors open. i.. END OF SECTION 087100 L- L. L. L 087100- 14 DOOR HARDWARE PROJECT#19-23770 L \